Table of Contents Our Mission Statement Overview College Symbols Members of the College Board Principal’s Message Registrar’s Message Brief History of the College The College Organizational Structure Senior Administrative Staff Directors of Schools Administrative Staff Academic Structure Your School Department of Student Services Guidance Counselling Services Health Services Sports Programme Accommodation Food Service Student Council The Registry The Bursary The Library Admissions Processing Fee Payment Policy Withdrawal and Refund of Fee Scholarships Insurance and Health Care Transfer Examinations Request for Academic Records Parking Permit for Students Security Guidelines for Students General Security and Safety Tips Rules and Regulations Facilities
Table of Contents - Programmes
Table of Contents
School of Drama
4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 15 17 19 19 22 22 23 24 24 26 29 30 30 31 31 34
General Information BFA Theatre Arts - Acting BFA Theatre Arts - Directing Diploma - Drama in Education Diploma in Theatre Arts Certificate in Theatre Arts General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education BA Degree UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree Drama Major or Special School of Drama Electives Course Descriptions Faculty
36 37 38 39 40 42 43 43 44 44 50
School of Dance General Information Preliminary Qualifying Programme Structure Diploma - Dance Theatre and Production Certificate - Dance Theatre and Production Studio Certificate - Dance J.B.T.E. Diploma - Dance in Education General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education Degree - Dance Major UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree Dance Major School of Dance Electives Course Descriptions Faculty
2
52 54 55 56 56 57 58 58 59 59 65
School of Music General Information Bachelor of Music in Jazz and Popular Music Studies Bachelor of Music in Performance - Piano Bachelor of Music in Performance - Voice Bachelor of Music Education Diploma in Performance - Piano Diploma in Performance - Voice Diploma in Performance - Guitar & Wind Instruments Diploma in Jazz & Popular Music Studies Preliminary Qualifying Programme General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education BA Degree UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree Music Major School of Music Elective Courses Course Descriptions Faculty
66 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 79 80 80 81 85
School of Visual Arts General Information School of Visual Arts Programme Structure Foundation Studies Department Painting Department Sculpture Department Printmaking Department Jewellery Department Ceramics Department Textiles and Fibre Arts Department Visual Communication Department Art Education Department Bachelor of Art Education J.B.T.E. Diploma Programme Fine Art Diploma Programme Certificate Programme Studio Certificate Programme
87 88 89 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 98 99 99
3
General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education BA Degree UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree Visual Arts Major Course Descriptions Faculty
100 101 119
Faculty of Education & Liberal Studies General Information Programme Structure - Secondary Bachelor of Art – Arts Management Joint Board of Teacher Education (JBTE) Courses Liberal Studies Course Descriptions Faculty
122 123 124 125 125 126 129
100
Overview
Our Mission Statement
The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts is a government co-educational tertiary institution. The College is mandated to train students in the fields of the visual and performing arts. The information in this Handbook and Student Guide attempts to provide answers to some of the more frequently asked questions about the College and gives a general background, as well as information on students’ regulations and the services offered.
To enrich the aesthetic sensibilities of the Caribbean region by developing the Edna Manley College as a centre of excellence in the arts, culture and pedagogy through the provision of the highest quality programmes and training in the visual and performing arts within a physical and academic environment that epitomizes the spirit of the arts, the cultural diversity of the region, and the technological imperatives of the global society.
Every effort has been made to provide accurate and up-to-date information. Students are encouraged to contact the Registry with their queries. The College reserves the right to make changes to the policies, programmes, course offerings, requirements, and activities in this publication or any part thereof, as circumstances require. The changes may be of any nature, including but not limited to the elimination of programmes, classes, or activities; the modification of content of any of the foregoing, and the cancellation of scheduled classes or other academic activities. The written acceptance of a place, or payment or any part thereof of tuition fees or the attendance at any classes constitutes the student’s acceptance of the administration’s rights as set forth in this handbook.
Prepared July 2009
Our Motto
Create, Persevere, Achieve 4
Members of the College Board
College Symbols
Mr. Paul Issa
- Chairman, Edna Manley College Board Mr. Burchell Duhaney - Principal, Edna Manley College Mrs. C. Marine Cunningham - Registrar/Recording Secretary, Edna Manley College Mr. Sydney Bartley - Principal Director for Entertainment & Culture, Ministry of Information, Culture, Youth & Sports Prof. the Hon. Rex Nettleford O.M. - Vice Chancellor Emeritus, The University of the West Indies, Mona Mr. Vivian Crawford O.D., J.P. - Executive Director, Institute of Jamaica Ms. Carol Crighton - Fine Artist Mr. Kent Gammon - Attorney at Law Mr. Steven Golding - Executive Director, Jamaica Association of Composers, Authors & Publishers (JACAP) Dr. Maria Smith - UNESCO Mrs. Patricia Ramsay - Cultural Director, Centre for the Arts, University of Technology, Jamaica Mr. Lenford Salmon - CEO, Jambiz International Ltd. Mr. C. Garth Sanguinetti - Academic Staff Representative, Edna Manley College Mr. Horace Prince - Administrative/Ancillary Staff Representative, Edna Manley College
Colours The official colours of the College are:
ROYAL BLUE and GOLD These colours have significant meaning for our College as a training institution in the Visual and Performing Arts. BLUE symbolizes the commitment of our institution towards peaceful co-existence irrespective of our peoples’ religion, political or cultural beliefs and differences. Additionally, the colour Blue, like that of the Caribbean Sea, identifies an area of the African Diaspora, which is diverse but connected by the experiences of a common history. GOLD represents the richness in the cultural diversity and aesthetic heritage of the peoples of the Caribbean. Motto Create, Persevere, Achieve (the three tenets of success) Crest
A symbol uniting the College under a common seal Symbol Representing Each School
School of Visual Arts
School of Dance
School of Drama
School of Music
5
Registrar’s Message
Principal’s Message It is always a great pleasure to hear the outstanding comments of those who have experienced the significant artistic traditions of the Edna Manley College. Our graduates speak highly of the quality of the learning experience and the opportunities for the academic and aesthetic freedom that contributed to the fulfillment of their career goals. Those who use the services of our graduates are often excited by the quality of their work and their outstanding artistic skills and knowledge.
It is with much pleasure that I welcome you to this institution for the artistic and the artistically inclined. The staff of the Registry are committed to giving quality service to all our customers. We endeavour to help through our service to build a supportive and inclusive community - so do feel welcome to the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts (EMCVPA), the only one of its kind in the English-speaking Caribbean.
Our vision is to maintain the excellence that characterizes the teaching, learning and professional development for which our students are known. We do this by providing the best quality academic programmes, highly trained arts educators and appropriate environment for teaching, learning and the development of character.
The Registry is the place where we pride in making applicants to the institution and the students who are enrolled feel that they matter. We ensure that your entry to this institution is one that will make you feel you want to come and be a part of us. When you come, your admission will cause you to feel that you have made the right choice in becoming a part of this College's community.
It is our hope that as you embark on this new journey you will take full advantage of the opportunities that are provided for you to develop and grow as artistes or educators in the arts. As students you need to understand very quickly the seriousness of the purpose for which you have been awarded a place to study at the Edna Manley College, and hold firmly to those things that will make you a better person. Do not be frivolous about success or you may never achieve it. Set your objectives very early and be truthful to yourself each step of the way as you seek to accomplish your goals. The fact is, you will have serious distractions, which are not uncharacteristic of college environment. You will encounter challenges that will seek to derail your progress, but you must be smart about the decisions you make and remain focused on you mission of success.
The Registry staff which comprises the Registrar, Assistant Registrar, Registry Assistants, Registry Secretary for Examination and the Registrar's Secretary are equipped to give you all the information required to make your visit to the Edna Manley College (in person or on-line) more informative. Please feel welcome to make your enquiries. The Department of Student Affairs will ensure a student-centred community that will fulfill the vision and mission as stated. Yours in education,
In a society where war, hate, anger, intolerance and violence are so pervasive, may I encourage you to love your fellow students and be guided by the biblical truism of I Corinthians 13:4-8: “Love is patient, love is kind. It does not envy, it does not boast, it is not proud. It is not rude, it is not self-seeking, it is not easily angered, it keeps no record of wrongs. Love does not delight in evil but rejoices with the truth. It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres. Love never fails....”
C. Marine Cunningham (Mrs.) Registrar
I am delighted to welcome you to share in this tremendous experience at Edna Manley College and trust that your sojourn will be one of a great reawakening.
Burchell Duhaney Principal
6
The Campus
Brief History of the College
The Campus is situated on a ten (10) acre property at 1 Arthur Wint Drive, Kingston 5. It comprises the four schools: Visual Arts, Dance, Drama and Music, as well as the Department of Arts Management and the Faculty of Education and Liberal Studies. The main administrative block houses the Principal’s Office, the Vice Principal of Academic and Technical Studies, the Vice Principal of Administration and Resource Development, the Internal Auditor and the office of the Director of Human Resources. The Multimedia Building houses the Multimedia Library, the Bursary, Registry, Student Services, the Faculty of Education and Liberal Studies, Continuing Studies, the CAGE Gallery, Seminar Room, Photocopy Centre, IT and Audio Visual Unit and Computer Laboratories. Other facilities include an Amphitheatre, a Multimedia Centre, several Studio Theatres, an Auditorium and three Graphics Laboratories.
The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts, formerly the Cultural Training Centre, was established in 1976 as a division of the Institute of Jamaica. In April 1995 the College was officially transferred to the Tertiary Unit of the Ministry of Education Youth and Culture, for the purpose of bringing together on one campus the four Schools of Visual Art, Dance, Drama and Music so as to facilitate tertiary level training in the Visual and Performing Arts. The College is the first institution of its kind to be formally established in the English-speaking Caribbean. The goal of the College is to provide the best arts education possible and to nurture versatile artists, art educators and art administrators.
Sports, social, and cultural activities on campus add to the enrichment of student life. Some of these include the annual Sports Day, the Roots Festival and theatrical productions, dance and music concerts and an annual Art Exhibition. In addition, service organizations such as the Circle “K” Club, University and College’s Christian Fellowship (UCCF) and the Rotaract Club are organized for students’ enjoyment, leadership development and spiritual enrichment. Inter-collegiate sports teams on campus include football, netball, track and basketball.
The College not only imparts knowledge and skills but also provides guidance and encouragement aimed at the realization of its students’ goals and ambitions.
College Organizational Structure
7
Directors of Schools
Senior AdministrativeSenior Staff Administrative Staff
Mr. Burchell Duhaney
Mrs. Carol "Annie" Hamilton
Mrs. Nicholeen DeGrasse-Johnson
Principal
Vice Principal - Academic & Technical Studies
Director - School of Dance
Ms. Denise Salmon
Mr. Phillip Shaw
Vice Principal Administration & Resource Development
Director - Finance (Acting)
Mrs. C. Marine Cunningham Registrar
Mrs. Marcia Donaldson-Thomas
Ms. Laurie-Ann Spencer
Mrs. Lisa-Marie Brown
Director - Human Resources
Director - Student Services
Marketing/PR Manager
Director - School of Visual Arts
Mr. Eugene Williams
Mr. Roger Williams
Director - School of Drama
Director - School of Music
Ms. Jeanette Campbell Director - Faculty of Education & Liberal Studies (Acting)
8
Ms. Petrona Morrison
Administrative Staff
Mr. Phillip Rowe
Mr. Sylvester Ramsay
Ms. Sonia Clarke
Mr. Horace Prince
Ms. Sharon Hare
Ms. Donnette Brown
Ms. Renee Bingling
Budget Officer (Acting)
Facilities Manager
Executive Assistant, Principal's Office
Student Housing Manager
Guidance Counsellor
Publications/Research Officer
Publications/Research Officer
Mrs. Tian Palmer-McKoy
Mrs. C. Elaine Hutchinson
Ms. Erica Davis
Ms. Kericee Fletcher
Mr. Maurice Ashman
Mr. Michael Walker
College Nurse
Co-ordinator - Continuing Studies
College Librarian (Acting)
Resident Co-ordinator
Information Technology Manager
Website Co-ordinator
Academic Structure The College is governed by a Board of Directors appointed by the Ministry of Education. The Principal, who is the Chief Executive Officer of the College, is supported by two Vice Principals: a Vice Principal of Academic and Technical Studies and a Vice Principal of Administration and Resource Development. Directors of Schools are directly responsible for the development of programmes and the day-to-day administration of the Schools. The Registry administers all affairs related to recruitment, admission and academic policies.
Academic Structure Board of Directors Principal
Academic Board
Programme Management & Quality Assurance Council (PM QA C)
Vice Principal Academic & Technical Studies
Registrar
Examinations Assessment & Curriculum Committee
Marketing & Public Relations
Director School of Visual Arts
Director School of Music
Director School of Dance
Director School of Drama
HOD
HOD
HOD
HOD
Department of Languages & Communication Skills
9
College Librarian
Department of Humanities Arts & Culture
Director Faculty of Education & Liberal Studies
Department of Education
Co-ordinator of Continuing Studies
Immigration Policy As stipulated by the Immigration Laws of Jamaica, foreign nationals are required to hold a valid passport and entry visa. Visas are required from students except those from countries in the British Commonwealth.
Your School Each School has responsibility for the development and delivery of the academic programmes offered. This includes:
On arrival at the airport, the letter of acceptance, issued by the College, must be presented to the Immigration Officers, following which your passport will be stamped, granting entry for two weeks. Once you are enrolled, the Registry will issue you a letter of registration, which should be submitted to the Immigration Office for processing an application for a Student Visa.
a. The recommending of course(s), programme review and revision b. The preparing of course schedules and timetables c. The provision of information on marking scheme and assessment procedures d. Identifying and recommending resource materials
Foreign students attending the College must report to the Immigration Department, 25c Constant Spring Road, Kingston 10, within this two-week period, and submit the following documents in order to extend their stay:
All programmes of the College are administered through an Academic Board, which has three (3) standing committees: the Examination Assessment and Curriculum Committee (E.A.C.C.), Quality Assurance and Programme Advisory Committee (Q.A. P.A.C.) and the Academic Promotions, Policies and Procedures Committee (A.P.P.P.C.). These programmes are also accredited by the University Council of Jamaica (U.C.J.). The programmes in teaching are approved by the J.B.T.E.
A letter from the College confirming his/her programme, and the year for which the student is registered A valid passport.
ORIENTATION
Paid Transportation If prior arrangements have been made through the Office of Student Services, studentserv@emc.edu.jm, a representative of the College will meet overseas students upon their arrival at the Norman Manley International Airport. These arrangements must be made at least two weeks before scheduled arrival – full arrival details (airline, flight number and time of arrival) must be provided in order to facilitate pick-up.
Orientation activities are scheduled following Registration Week of the first semester and are required for all new students. The purpose of new student orientation is to acquaint them with the structure, culture, expectations, regulations and support services of the College. Students are welcomed and introduced to the Faculty and Administrative Staff of the College. New students are also introduced to the Students’ Council Executive, and learn about student clubs/organizations, sports teams and other ways to become involved in campus life.
English Language English is the language of instruction at the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts. Students must be able to understand rapid, idiomatic English and to express themselves clearly in speech and writing. Applicants whose native language is not English must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Students should submit proof of results of the TOEFL before registration.
Orientation also focuses on providing support for students during this time of transition. Discussions and other activities relating to College life are organized and students are familiarized with resource personnel and information. On campus tours are arranged for new students to familiarize them with the campus. Additionally, each School conducts an academic orientation programme for new students.
OFFICIAL ADDRESS WHILE ATTENDING COLLEGE
INFORMATION FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
The addresses of all students attending College must be clearly indicated on all documents and will be used for correspondence. Any change of address or telephone number must be communicated, in writing, to the Student Affairs Office, Registry. Each registered full-time student of the College is assigned a College e-mail account. This e-mail account will be used for all official communication with students.
Entry and arrival in Jamaica The ports of entry by air are the Norman Manley International Airport in Kingston and the Donald Sangster International Airport in Montego Bay. Students are advised to make reservations to land in Kingston rather than Montego Bay (which is over 100 miles away from campus).
10
Department of Student Services
LOCATION: WHERE WE ARE The Edna Manley College is located at 1 Arthur Wint Drive, Kingston 5, and is within easy reach of downtown and uptown shopping areas, banks, hospitals, galleries, theatres, supermarkets, sporting facilities such as the National Indoor Sports Centre and the National Stadium and Emancipation Park.
VISION STATEMENT The Department of Student Services will be an integral partner in assuring a premiere student-centred and inclusive learning community at the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts. Such a community will offer diverse and dynamic opportunities for student learning, designed to create educated, ethically and morally responsible, fully functional leaders who will contribute to the global society.
Edna Manley College Location Map
MISSION STATEMENT The Department of Student Services is committed to enhancing student success, to promoting student development and to identifying and responding to student needs. The department will facilitate student success and development by providing services and co-curricular programming that caters to the educational, vocational, civic, psychological, social, spiritual and physical development of students. SERVICES Ultimately, programmes are designed to prepare students to be successful as well as global citizens. Students are encouraged to participate in on-going programming and to make use of the various services offered by the Student Services Department. These include Counselling, Health Services, Housing and Personal Development Programming. The Student Services Department also oversees International Student Affairs, the Student Council and Sports Programmes.
Student Services Staff:
11
Ms. Laurie-Ann Spencer
Director - Student Services
Ms. Sharon Hare
Guidance Counsellor
Mr. Horace Prince
Hostel Manager
Ms. Charmaine Small
Hostel Secretary
Ms. Kericee Fletcher
Resident Co-ordinator
Mrs. Tian Palmer-McKoy
College Nurse
Dr. Seni Ononuju
College Doctor
Mr. Leonard Malcolm
Sports Co-ordinator
Health Services
Guidance Counselling Services
The Health Office and sick bay facility is located on the Student Housing grounds adjoining block two and immediately to the right of the Student Housing Manager’s office. The sick bay has a two-bed capacity. A part-time doctor is also on staff to cater to the medical needs of the campus community. Currently, the doctor is on campus two days per week.
The office of the Guidance Counsellor is located adjacent to the Marketing Department. The Guidance Counsellor provides psychological counselling for a variety of issues including depression, stress, interpersonal conflict, bereavement and crisis management. Individual consultations are preferably done by appointment.
Students are required to complete medicals bi-annually. The medical questionnaire, copy of the immunization card and blood test results must be submitted prior to registration. Dance and Drama students must also complete and submit a physical fitness report. The campus doctor facilitates medicals on-campus in the Health Office.
Counselling offers students an opportunity to explore their feelings in a non-judgmental atmosphere where the attainment of self-awareness and the learning of new skills for the enhancement of their overall welfare are encouraged. The Counselling Unit also coordinates select programmes designed to assist students with financial needs. The Jamaica Values and Attitudes (JAMVAT) programme, coordinated by the National Youth Service is one such where students conduct 200 hours of community service in exchange for 30% of their tuition. The Ministry of Education’s needy student fund is another but is open to a limited number of very needy students.
The nurse caters for the health needs of the College population in the following ways: Health screening Health education Attending to emergencies occurring on campus
Information about and application forms for some work and travel programmes can also be obtained at the Counselling unit.
Referring students to other health care personnel as necessary Co-ordinating and assisting with the transportation of students to the hospital
Sports Programme The Sports department is managed by a Sports Director who is responsible for both inter-collegiate and inter-campus sports programming. Generally, there are 4 inter-collegiate sports teams - football, netball, track and basketball. The EMC football team is the proud champions of the Inter-collegiate Football League (2007) and the Inter-collegiate Knock-Out Competition (2006). Sports Day is held annually, generally in the second semester, and provides opportunity for wide-spread participation in sporting competitions between houses. Other inter-campus competitions (such as cricket, basketball etc.) are planned throughout the school year. Students are encouraged to participate in the variety of sports programming offered.
12
CONDITIONS OF ACCEPTANCE
Accommodation
Upon acceptance, prospective residents are required to sign a contractual agreement for the FULL College academic year. Under the College’s Regulation, acceptance of a housing placement is for the FULL academic year. NO refunds will be paid in the event of early departure. Residents are required and expected to abide by all rules governing student housing.
STUDENT HOUSING Housing is situated on campus and offers self-catering accommodation to students. Nestled in the heart of the Kingston metropolitan area, it is in close proximity to major shopping areas, such as, New Kingston, Half-Way-Tree, Cross Roads and Downtown. Because of its location, residents have easy access to supermarkets, restaurants, stores, banks, galleries, theatres and hospitals. It comprises three (3) Hostel Blocks which accommodate approximately ninety (90) residents. Each block houses thirty (30) rooms. There are five (5) households on each block with six (6) rooms in each household. It is headed by a Student Housing Manager, who has a staff of three (3) Household Assistants, two (2) Groundsmen and Security Personnel.
Each year, students are required to re-apply for housing (by the stipulated deadline date) and should note that housing for the next academic year is not guaranteed. Student housing closes at the end of the second semester (generally the weekend after the last final exam), at which time residents are expected to vacate housing. There is limited summer housing available. Students are required to apply for summer housing by the stipulated deadline date. Summer housing is not guaranteed.
Food Service
Accommodation on campus is usually single occupancy, designed with the concept of six residents forming a household, each having an individual bedroom while sharing bathroom and kitchen facilities. Each bedroom is furnished with a bed with drawers, a desk, chairs, a closet and a night table.
METHODS OF PAYMENT
The campus is serviced by Colours Café & Mini Mart (an independent food entity) located close to Student Housing. Students can purchase breakfast, lunch and dinner from the Café, Monday through Saturday. The Café is closed on Sundays and all public holidays. There is a smaller branch of Colours, called the Bridge Café, located next to the School of Dance. This café provides snacks and other light meal options, Monday through Saturday.
Housing fees, inclusive of the Caution Fee, should be paid annually in advance. Prior to being granted accommodation in Student Housing, all students MUST have:
Student Council
Housing fees are paid annually or per semester, plus a Caution Fee which is held against damage to the facilities.
Paid their tuition fees (as outlined in the fee payment policy).
The College’s administration fully supports the Student Council by facilitating full participation in several areas of College governance. Through the Council, students get a chance to hone their leadership skills and articulate their concerns at the highest level of College governance by way of representation on the College Board, the Academic Board and the Finance Committee of the College Board.
Paid at least the full accommodation fee for SEMESTER ONE using the Bank Voucher provided for this purpose (that is, half of the FULL accommodation fees plus Caution Fee deposit) Signed an agreement to abide by all the rules governing housing, which will be made available to accepted students
A President and an executive body lead the Student Council. The representatives are selected through an annual election process, which usually takes place in April or the week immediately following the Easter break.
Turned in a properly executed contract by his/her guarantor to cover all housing fees, which become due and owing.
The Student Council promotes awareness of life on campus and encourages students’ involvement in all campus activities. Student Council representatives are also encouraged to organize outreach activities and fund-raising schemes to support activities beneficial to the student body and the College.
ELIGIBILITY FOR HOUSING Accommodation in campus housing is limited. Therefore, housing is only available to full-time students (those who have registered for twelve (12) or more credit-hours per semester). In the event that all full-time student housing requests have been fulfilled, part-time students may be considered for housing. Housing is not guaranteed for either new or returning students.
The leadership of the Student Council consist of: - President - Vice President - Secretary - Treasurer - Public Relations Officer - Sports Representative - School Representatives
Returning students who have an outstanding balance on their housing fees are ineligible for housing the next academic year.
13
The Registry
The Administrative Staff of the Registry includes: Mrs. C. Marine Cunningham Ms. Claudia Woon Chin Mrs. Alderin Dobson Ms. Lorraine Dixon Ms. Patrice Thomas Cameron Ms. Tanya Gordon
The Registry is responsible for the following functions relating to the students: Recruitment, admission and registration of students Preparation of Transcripts Securing and disbursement of fellowships, scholarships and grants
Registrar Assistant Registrar Senior Secretary Registry Assistant - Student Affairs Registry Assistant Examination Registry Assistant, Examination Secretary Senior Registry Assistant Records Officer
Mrs. Kay Smith Mrs. Taneisha Lee Waite
Writing on behalf of students on matters of immigration for student visas, banks
REGISTRY DEPARTMENT
Documents regarding the establishment of bank accounts; enrollment verification, etc. The administration of ALL examinations including preparation of examination timetables Publishing of examination and assessment grades
Mrs. C. Elaine Hutchinson Coordinator Continuing Education /Technical Studies
Ms. Laurie-Ann Spencer Director, Student Services
Mrs. Marine Cunningham Registrar Mrs. Claudia Woon Chin Asst. Registrar Alderin Bernard Dobson Registrar’s Secretary
Claudith Gordon Hamilton Secretary
Kay Smith Senior Registry Assistant
Verifying students who have fulfilled graduation requirements
Lorraine Dixon Registry Assistant Student Affairs
Planning for and organizing the graduation ceremony Post-graduation disbursement of Certificates, Diplomas and Degrees
Tanya Gordon Registry Assistant Examination Secretary
Patrice Thomas Cameron Registry Assistant Examination
Taneisha Lee Wait e er Records Officer
CONTINUING EDUCATION ¡
Evening Programme
¡
Summer Programme
¡
Community Outreach Programme
STUDENT SERVICES ¡
Orientation
¡
Guidance Counselling
¡
Residential Life
¡
Sports & Games
¡
Clubs & Societies
¡
Mentorship
¡
Chaplaincy
¡
Alumni Services
¡
Judiciary
¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡
Applications
¡
Transcripts
Orientation
¡
Scholarships
Registration
¡
Supplemental
Queries
¡
Grade Sheets
Insurance (Health &
¡
Queries
Accident)
¡
UWI/EMC Students
¡
Transfers
¡
Withdrawal & Refund
¡
Correspondence (Status Letters; References, etc.)
¡
Dissemination of Performance Reports
14
EXAMINATION
STUDENT AFFAIRS
The Bursary
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Through the Students’ Loan Bureau (SLB), the Government of Jamaica (GOJ) provides financial aid to local students pursuing matriculated programmes. Application forms for financial assistance are available at the SLB’s Head Office located at NCB Towers, North Tower, 5th Floor, 2 Oxford Road, Kingston 5 or at www.slbja.com.
The Bursary is responsible for all financial matters of the College. With the assistance of the Registry, the Bursary: a. maintains financial records of students b. monitors the financial status of students c. monitors general subvention accounts of the College
Prior to submitting an application to the Bureau, students must obtain a Tax Registration Number (TRN) from the Tax Registration Centre. The receipts obtained from the Centre must be submitted along with the application for financial assistance, to the Students’ Loan Bureau.
The Administrative Staff of the Bursary include: Mr. Phillip Shaw Mr. Phillip Rowe Mr. Owen Williams Ms. Natasha Henry Mrs. Marsha Martin Ms. Lorraine Booth-Small Ms. Andrea Reid Ms. Camille Brown Ms. Stephanie White
Director of Finance (Acting) Budget Officer Accounting Technician Senior Accountant (Acting) Accounting Technician Accounting Technician - Continuing Studies Senior Accountant (Acting) Cashier Secretary
Students can also get financial assistance through the JAMVAT Programme, which is also offered by the Government of Jamaica. The programme pays 30% of a student’s tuition, plus a stipend, in exchange for 200 hours of community service. The tuition payment is made directly to the institution while the stipend is issued directly to the student. Information regarding the JAMVAT programme is available in the Guidance Counsellor’s Office or at www.nysjamaica.org. FEE PAYMENT POLICY Applicants who are responsible for payment of their own fees are required to pay such fees in full at registration, except in cases where permission has been sought from, and granted by the Registrar to pay fees in two installments. In such a case, the first installment is due in August before the start of the academic year, and the final installment in semester two (2) by the last Friday in the month of February.
FINANCIAL PLANNING New students should ensure that financial arrangements for their study at the College are in place and are strongly advised to explore all possible avenues of financial assistance before entering the College. Please be reminded that financing a tertiary level education involves much more than the tuition fees. Some other costs that must be budgeted for include:
NB: Late Registration attracts a fine. Extended late registration will be permitted only up to the second week of September. FEES
Accommodation, meals and personal expenses Books and supplies Field trips, field work and equipment Photocopying Preparation of projects
1. A student admitted to study at the College MUST pay all required fees. 2. All students admitted to the College will be required to pay fees applicable to the specific course/school/department. International students are required to pay full fees in United States (US) dollars. 3. Students will be held responsible for the payment of their own fees unless documented evidence of proof of financial assistance from an approved source is provided to the College. Please note that the College reserves the right to decline a source of financial assistance submitted by a student. 4. Applicants who are responsible for the payment of their own fees are required to pay such fees in full at registration except in cases where approval has been granted by the Registrar to pay in installments.
Possible sources of funding include: Student loan schemes Scholarships and bursaries Grants from various organizations JAMVAT
*At least fifty percent (50%) of tuition and all ancilliary fees must be paid before admission to programmes of the College.
15
ADDITIONAL CHARGES
CLASS SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
There is a surcharge for fees paid in installments. A surcharge of 1% will be charged on the total sum of the tuition for late payment of fees. Fees are also charged for the following:
In addition to fees payable for accommodation and tuition, students must also be prepared to meet the cost of materials and supplies related to their programme of study. There is an Art Supply Shop situated in the School of Visual Arts where a wide range of art materials and supplies are available for purchase. Students are advised to use commercial outlets to secure materials not available in the campus shop.
Handling (when a cheque issued by, or on behalf of the student, is returned) Re-entry for examination Late registration Replacement of Identification and Examination Cards, Bursary Certificates, and Registration Cards Preparation of Transcripts/Statements/Status Letters Postage of Diploma/Certificate not collected at the awards ceremony
“The Script” bookshop provides books, stationery and other supplies such as music scores, leotards, tights, etc. NB: The Schools are under no obligation to carry the stock of materials required by the students. For opening hours, please contact the relevant school.
INDEBTEDNESS A student who is indebted in any way to the College (Tuition and Ancillary Fees, Housing Fees or Library Fines) will not be issued with Reports, Examination Cards, Transcript or any other academic record.
ATM Machine There is a 24-hour ATM Machine on campus located at The Script Bookshop next to the exit gate.
Students who are in the final year of a programme and are indebted in any way to the College will not be allowed to enter for any part of a final examination unless satisfactory arrangements have been made for clearing such debts. COMMUNICATION The College values transparency and the dissemination of information. General communication with the student body is made through notices on the notice board(s) located at various places on the campus and/or via student’s College e-mail or intranet. The Librarian or Director of School must approve all notices for these boards. Students are advised to consult these notice boards and e-mail frequently to obtain information from administration, tutors and the general student body. Students should not defile or remove these notices. Please note that the official Examination and General Purpose Notice Board is located in the Multimedia Building. Students are advised to consult the Notice Board at their school regularly as well as those at other schools on the campus. Check the notices on the intranet or your College e-mail. Other means of communicating include the Principal’s monthly meeting with students, meetings with Directors of Schools, the Marketing/Public Relations Department’s biannual magazine ‘Collage’, meeting with Student Council Representatives, and the electronic and traditional mail.
16
Other areas include the Baggage Room and the Photocopy Centre. There are also Reading Rooms in the Reference, Music and Open Shelf Collection.
The Library
Listening and Viewing Rooms are also available for users to consult audio cassettes, CD ROMs and records. There is also a Computer Room where students can do their assignments and research.
The Library’s mission is: a. To support the teaching and research needs of the institution’s students, faculty and other administrative staff, through its collection and services. b. To collect and preserve research materials which will increase and enhance knowledge of and appreciation for the region’s art forms and culture
SERVICES OFFERED The Library offers a wide range of services, geared towards satisfying users.
THE COLLECTION
Reference and circulation services Current awareness bulletins Internet access Word processing (the Library provides access to computers from which assignments may be printed at a cost) Printing Referral Letters to other academic libraries Reprography services Reservation of books Selective dissemination of information Library orientation and bibliographic instruction
The Library houses a variety of materials such as monographs, periodicals and newspaper clippings. Also included are slides, CD-ROMs, video and audio cassettes, records and tapes that support the Visual Arts, Drama, Music and Dance curricula. The Library is located in the Multimedia Building. ELECTRONIC RESOURCES The Library now has subscription to the EBSCO host research databases. These include access to products such as ERIC, Academic Search Full Text Elite, and International Bibliography of Theatre & Dance with full text, and a Professional Development Collection; and can be accessed via a link within the College’s website or for off campus access by a username and password Students are also advised to take advantage of resources offered at the following libraries: 1. Kingston and St. Andrew Parish Library: 2 Tom Redcam Avenue, Kingston 5 2. National Library of Jamaica: 12 East Street, Kingston 3. African–Caribbean Institute of Jamaica and the Memory Bank: 12 Ocean Boulevard, Kingston 4. U.S.I.S. Library: 142 Old Hope Road, Kingston 6 5. The University of the West Indies, Main Library: Mona, Kingston 7 AREAS OF THE LIBRARY The Multimedia Library has five major areas. These include: The Technical Services area (for Book Processing) and the Reference Book Collection, which are located on the ground floor; the Music Collection, Open Shelf Collection, Slides and Periodicals Collections which are on the first floor.
CONTAINED ON THE GROUND FLOOR ARE
ON THE UPPER FLOOR CAN BE FOUND
Reference Book Collection
Open Shelf Collection / Periodicals
Photocopy Centre
Slide Collection
Baggage Room
Music Collection
Technical Services Area
College Librarian’s Office
Book Processing Area
The Music Collection consists of records, CDs, scores and books. The Reference and Open Shelf Collections consist of a combination of education, visual arts, and dance, music and drama collections. The Slides Collection has a large number of slides in art history, in addition to videocassettes in the areas of sculpture, ceramics, pottery and much more.
17
Inter-Semester & After Summer School:
LIBRARY RULES AND REGULATIONS
Mondays - Thursdays Fridays Saturdays
Use of the Library is subject to adherence to the following rules and regulations: Students are required to carry their Student Identification Card and must produce this when required by authorized Library personnel.
9:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. Closed*
The ID card may be used only by its legitimate holder.
*The Library must be vacated at closing time. All services (photocopying, printing, loan transactions, etc) will cease 15 minutes before closing time.
The removal of any material from the Library must be duly authorized and recorded.
THE LIBRARY STAFF
Bags, briefcase or parcels are not allowed in the Library.
Ms. Erica Davis Ms. Beverly Campbell-Bowen Ms. Talitio Russell Ms. Jodi-Ann Spencer Mr. Derrick Johnson Ms. Tamara McCrea Mr. Conrad Hartley Ms. Juliet Facey Mr. Sheldon Johnson Ms. Avryl Alvaranga Mr. Damion Campbell Mrs. Jennifer Blackwood Cole
Silence is required within the Library at all times. Users causing disruption will be required to leave the Library. Users caught defacing Library materials will be barred from the Library for a specified period and caution fee will be withheld to cover all damages. The following activities are prohibited within the Library: Smoking is strictly prohibited within the Library. Food and/or drink are not allowed in the Library. The use of cellular phones is strictly prohibited. The use of compact disk players or other musical devices is strictly prohibited. OPENING HOURS During the Semester: Mondays – Wednesdays Thursdays Fridays Saturdays
9:00 a.m. 9:00 a.m. 9:00 a.m. 9:00 a.m. -
7:15 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 7:15 p.m. 2:15 p.m.
During Examination Periods: 2nd week in November - December Mondays - Fridays 9:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m. Saturdays 9:00 a.m. - 2:15 p.m. 3rd week in April - 1st week in June Mondays - Fridays 9:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m. Saturdays 9:00 a.m. - 2:15 p.m. During Vacation: (Summer School Periods) Mondays - Fridays Saturdays
9:00 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. Closed*
18
College Librarian Deputy College Librarian (Acting) Librarian 3 (Acting) Librarian 2 Senior Library Assistant Senior Library Assistant Senior Library Assistant Senior Library Assistant (Acting) Library Assistant Library Assistant (Acting) Library Aide Library Aide (Acting)
qualifications and/or significant work experience are also welcome to apply. So please contact us if you have not met the formal academic entry requirements.
Admissions Applicants with qualifications listed below may be considered for normal entry to the Degree and Diploma in Teaching programmes: -
Prospective mature students with insufficient qualifications may consider taking courses in preparation for entry into the programme of study they wish to pursue.
To pursue studies in the Schools of the Visual and Performing Arts and the Faculty of Education and Liberal Studies’ BFA, BAE, BM, BMEd, BA Arts Management and Diploma in Teaching:
Those aged 25 or above may enter the course with less academic qualifications provided they show aptitude for learning and have sufficient experience of working within their chosen field. Students' life experiences are also taken into account.
I. A minimum of five (5) subjects, comprising of at least two (2) CAPE subjects grades l to 5 or G. C. E. ‘A’ level subjects grades A to E, and three (3) CXC subjects grades 1, 2, or 3 (grade 3 will be allowed after 1998) or three (3) G. C. E. ‘O’ Level subjects grade A, B or C or equivalent. English Language is compulsory. or II. A minimum of five (5) subjects at CXC grades 1, 2, or 3 (Grade 3 will be allowed after 1998) or five (5) subjects at G.C.E ‘O’ level grades A, B or C. Visual Arts*, English Language and English Literature** are compulsory. -
To pursue the School of the Visual and Performing Arts Diploma Programmes four (4) CXC subjects including English Language at the General Proficiency Level I, II or III (after 1998) are required.
-
To pursue the Schools of Visual and Performing Arts Certificate Programmes two (2) CXC subjects including English Language at the General Proficiency Level I, II or III (after 1998) are required.
-
The Studio Certificate Programmes of the Schools of the Visual and Performing Arts require no CXC subjects.
-
The following are also accepted equivalents to CXC: GCE ‘O’ Levels at Grades A, B & C and SSC National Levels 4 and 5.
Our courses are degree-level, and all applicants, regardless of age, are required to demonstrate the ability to meet the full academic requirements. Course lectures may set work relating to your chosen field to evaluate your ability in this area. Every application is considered on a case-by-case basis. To be eligible for Mature Student Entry you must satisfy the following requirements: 1. Should be twenty-five (25) years of age or older 2. Should have at least 5 years experience in teaching or practicing in the art form 3. Attend an Audition or portfolio interview 4. Demonstrate academic competence/readiness for the programme 5. Demonstrate professional competence 6. Attend an entry exam APPLICATION Application for admission to the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts should be completed in duplicate and returned to: The Registry Department, Edna Manley College, 1 Arthur Wint Drive, Kingston 5. The application period commences the first week of December and ends on March 31 of each year. Application Forms can be accessed on line at www.emc.edu.jm or at the Registry Department of the Edna Manley College.
*Visual Arts at the CXC Level is mandatory only for the School of Visual Art. However, where a candidate does not have CXC Art, his/her Portfolio should provide the assessment committee with unequivocal proof of his/her art potential in the visual arts.
Applicants using online Application Forms should contact the Registry before submitting the completed forms to ascertain application cost and payment policy. No application form will be processed without a payment receipt for Application Forms.
**English Literature at the CXC Level is mandatory only for the School of Drama.
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY TEST
POLICY FOR MATURE ENTRY
All applicants are required to sit the Edna Manley College’s English Proficiency Test as a part of the College requirement for entrance. One of the College’s policies is ‘Students must be able to understand rapid, idiomatic English and to express themselves clearly in speech and writing’. The test is administered by the Registry and attracts a fee. This is non-refundable.
The Edna Manley College entry requirements are stated above, however applications are accepted from individuals with significant experience but less academic qualifications in the field of art they wish to pursue. Mature students with other
19
International students are required to send a videotape of performance for assessment for the Schools of Dance and Drama and an audio cassette or CD for the School of Music.
Processing Application forms are processed between January and April of each year. The Student Affairs Officers check the forms for completeness and consistency of responses, certification presented and matriculation requirements.
Applicants to the Arts Management Programme are required to attend an interview. Selection Selection will be made after the auditions are completed in the respective Schools. The information on the selected applicants is sent to the Registry from where letters of acceptance/rejection/pending* will be sent to you with requisite information.
After completing the application-processing checklist, provided that there are no outstanding documents, applicants are invited to sit the College’s English Proficiency Test following which a date is issued for audition and/or portfolio assessment and drawing exams.
*Pending: Student awaiting examination (CXC) results
AUDITION/PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT
ACCEPTANCE
Candidates for the School of the Visual Arts will be required to attend an interview, and must present a portfolio of a minimum of fifteen (15) pieces of artwork. The portfolio should represent the candidate’s development and provide the interview panel with an indication of interests and strengths.
You will be informed in writing of your acceptance. Once you are accepted you will be sent an Acceptance Package consisting of your Acceptance Letter, Tuition and Ancillary Fee Schedule, an Application Form and Bank Voucher for Student Housing, a Medical Form to be completed by a Physician, a Sagicor Medical Insurance Application Card and an Orientation Schedule. You will also be informed of your assigned Faculty Advisor.
Your ability to draw should be represented throughout the portfolio. The work presented might include still-life, landscape, portraits and figure drawings and should demonstrate your use of colour and sense of composition. Three-dimensional work, sculpture and crafts may also be presented.
Please note: Students from the rural areas and overseas should make application for accommodation early, as there is limited space available.
Candidates for the Schools of the Performing Arts will be required to audition before a panel of lecturers in the particular School in order to qualify for acceptance.
REGISTRATION POLICIES 1. Students are to supply their current (temporary or permanent) address at enrollment and should notify the Registry immediately if there is any change in either their current (temporary or permanent) address.
The following are each School’s requirements: School of Music: A performance of an instrumental or vocal work of your choice. A short oral/aural examination in basic ear training and sight singing. A written theoretical examination paper taken from the School’s placement test.
2. No student will be allowed to enroll for more than one award at a time. (i.e. Degree, Diploma or Certificate) 3. Students pursuing courses leading to the award of any certification will receive the relevant regulations.
School of Dance: A performance of a solo dance work of your choice. Participation in two dance technique classes (Caribbean Traditional Folk and Modern). An interview by the panel.
4. Students are not permitted to enter any examination at the College unless they have enrolled with the College and paid, or made acceptable arrangements for the payment of course fees. 5. A student who has outstanding payments to the College will not be enrolled or entered into any examination until the sum owed has been paid in FULL or unless an alternative arrangement for payment has been made to the satisfaction of the College.
School of Drama: Prepare and present two dramatic monologues (one Dialect, the other Standard English) Complete an exercise in comprehension, grammar and analytical skills An interview regarding your study objectives and your commitment and financial preparedness for the selected programme of study.
20
3. The Director of School or Faculty Advisor will then sign your Registration Form indicating approval of your courses.
REGISTRATION The Edna Manley College’s registration takes place at the start of each semester; Semester 1 Registration – the last week in August Semester 2 Registration – the first week in January of each year.
NB: On completion of the course of study and prior to leaving Jamaica, exchange students must complete a Transcript Request Form and return it to the Registry. The Transcript will be sent directly to the requesting institutions while a grade sheet will be sent directly to the student.
ALL New and Returning Students must be registered for programme courses and examinations during the stipulated period for Registration. NB: Registration for courses is also considered registration for prescribed examinations.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES To be registered:
A student may be registered at the College when he/she has: Fee payment certificate Proof of medical examination from his/her doctor Tax Registration Number (TRN) Registration Form from the Registry Department
A student must submit proof of payment to the Bursary where he/she will be issued with a Proof of Payment Certificate. He/she should take the Proof of Payment Certificate to the Registry desk where a Registration Card along with a copy of the E.M.C.V.P.A. Student’s Handbook containing the College's rules and regulations as well as academic policies, will be issued to the student.
All applicants to the College MUST register before the second week of September. Failure to comply with the above will result in the following: Any student who registers after the scheduled period will be charged an ADDITIONAL late registration fee of $1,500.00.
Registration must then be completed with the assistance of your Faculty Advisor and signed by the respective Director of School or nominee and student.
Any student seeking to register after the second week of September must show good cause why he/she should be accommodated, and if so accommodated, he/she shall be required to pay an ADDITIONAL fee of $3,500.00 (representing an Extended Late Registration Fee) in addition to the other prescribed fees.
The completed form should then be submitted to the Registry by the Director of School. Two copies of the registration form will then be sent to the respective School, a copy of which will be issued to the student for his/her keeping.
ALL New and Returning Students must report to the Registration Centre and follow the procedures outlined.
COURSE CHANGES/ADD-DROP POLICY
1. Submit to the Accounts Department (Bursary) representative, bank voucher as proof of payment of fees and/or proof of Student’s Loan Bureau (SLB) Loan Agreement, and collect your Proof of Payment Certificate.
A student may change a course or any examinable component of a course (Degree, Diploma or Certificate) no later than two (2) weeks after the date of its commencement.
2. Documents required for completion of Registration include: College copy of payment voucher (Payment Certificate) Completed registration form, signed by Academic Advisor New Students - Any outstanding document(s) including photographs, recommendations, etc.
Such a change will not be registered by the Registry before the student submits the same to the Registry, along with the appropriate Add/Drop Form, fully completed and countersigned by the Director of School or Head of Department in which the student is registered.
REGISTRATION FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Equally, a student who wishes to interrupt a course may only do so after submitting to the Registry the appropriate Leave Form (obtained in the Registry) completed, approved and countersigned by the Registrar and Director of School in which the student is enrolled.
International/exchange students must abide by all registration procedures in order to ensure efficient registration. A brief guideline is outlined below: 1. Report to the Registry where a Registration Form and an Academic Advisor will be assigned. 2. Complete the Registration Form in consultation with the Director of School and/or Faculty Advisor, who will give advice on the selection of courses.
21
NB: Payment of fees alone DOES NOT constitute registration. In spite of any provisional registration the College reserves the right to deregister an individual after the close of the official registration period although he/she may have been attending classes.
Withdrawal and Refund of Fee
Fee Payment Policy
A student who seeks to withdraw from his/her course of study at the College must inform the Registry in writing stating (i) the reason for withdrawal and (ii) if he/she is desirous of re-admission in another academic year. The following refers to students who wish to withdraw from their course of study:
TUITION FEES 1. Fees should be paid in full prior to registration. (a) Students may be allowed to pay a minimum of 50% of the year's tuition fees and the total of the relevant ancillary fees prior to registration.
1. Students who withdraw from a programme of study may file an application for refund of tuition fees as follows:
(b) The remaining 50% MUST be paid at the second semester registration in January, failing which the student will be deregistered. Deregistration: Any student who does not pay his/her fees in the prescribed time given, or by the end of October (first semester) will be de-registered unless alternative arrangements have been made for payment with the Registrar.
1st & 2nd week of Semester
-
80% refund
3rd week of Semester
-
60% refund
4th week of Semester
-
40% refund
5th week of Semester
-
20% refund
ABSOLUTELY NO REFUND WILL BE GRANTED AFTER FIVE (5) WEEKS
The only exceptions to these rules are:
2. Students failing to notify the Registry after FIVE WEEKS of their withdrawal from a programme will not be eligible for any refund of fees. Any student wishing to withdraw from the second semester of a programme must apply in writing to the Registrar within the first two weeks of the semester. There will be absolutely NO REFUND for persons who withdraw after the first two weeks with or without permission.
STUDENTS WITH SLB LOAN PENDING Students with proof of Loan Applications pending at the Students' Loan Bureau are required to pay 30% of their tuition fees, the total of the relevant ancillary fees and all hostel fees (where applicable) prior to registration, with the understanding that if the loan is not granted they are required to pay the additional 20% on tuition fees as outlined in 1(a) above. In this instance students have until the end of November to conform to the stipulations of 1(a) above. Thereafter all outstanding balances must be honoured as in item 1(b) above.
3 (a) Additionally, a student who withdraws on health grounds is required to inform the College Nurse of the circumstances surrounding such withdrawal and MUST produce a Medical Certificate verified by a Medical Doctor, a copy of which should be sent to the Registrar, the respective Director of School and the Head of the Department concerned.
Please note: It is the students' responsibility to monitor and secure their loans from the SLB. The SLB does not fund Ancillary Fees.
(b) The decision to re-admit such a student will be made by the Registrar in consultation with Vice Principal for Academic and Technical Studies and/or Directors of Schools. STUDENTS SPONSORED BY CARIBBEAN GOVERNMENTS OR OTHER ORGANIZATIONS RECOGNIZED BY THE COLLEGE Students with letters of commitment from Caribbean governments or other recognized bodies (inclusive of the OAS) are allowed to register in advance of payments being disbursed by their sponsoring body. However, such scholarship holders whose governments do not undertake to cover ancillary fees directly are themselves responsible for paying their own ancillary fees PRIOR to registration.
22
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT
Scholarships
At the Edna Manley College, students are required to assume the responsibility for their own education. To assist students in accepting this responsibility, faculty members are assigned as Faculty Advisors to a group of students. The purposes of academic advisement are:
A number of scholarships are available for registered students who are Jamaican Nationals and who have successfully completed at least one year of study at the College.
To help students to make appropriate decisions about academic programmes and courses. To encourage students to achieve academic excellence. To assist students to integrate career goals with the programme of study. To help students overcome academic difficulties by making referrals to counselling and other appropriate services.
All applications for scholarships must be submitted by May each year for award in August. The criteria for selection and award are available at the Registry. The Scholarship Committee, headed by the Registrar or her nominee, is responsible for viewing all applications and making selections based on criteria set out by the donor agency. A listing of organizations and individuals granting scholarships is outlined below:
STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMME The College has partnerships with the following institutions for exchange study programme: State University of New York (SUNY), Brockport and Pointe Avent in France. The SUNY Brockport exchange programme is available to full-time Dance, Drama and SVA students (preference is given to Dance students) and is valid for one semester of study at Brockport. Information on the Brockport programme is available at the Office of Student Services. The Pointe Avent programme is for study during the summer and is open to SVA students. Information for this programme is available at the School of Visual Arts and Office of Student Services.
School of Drama
School of Music
The Earl Warner Scholarship The Roy Hall Memorial Scholarship The UNESCO Scholarship The Jambiz Bursary
The Ralph Holding Bursary The Texaco (Jamaica) Scholarship The Jamaica National Chorale Scholarship The Clement 'Sir Coxsone' Dodd Scholarship
School of Dance
Open Scholarships
The Clive Thompson Scholarship The N.D.T.C. Scholarship The Alumni and Friends Scholarship
The W. I. Alumina Company Scholarship* The Coca Cola (Jamaica) Sholarship* The National Commercial Bank Scholarship* The Douglas Orane Scholarship
The School of Visual Arts The Dr. Brian Morgan Scholarship The Cecil Boswell Facey Foundation* The O'hara Chapter of Ikebana* The National Outdoor Advertising Scholarship The Delves Molesworth Scholarship
The Digicel Jamaica Scholarship The Grace Kennedy Foundation Scholarship** The Royal Bank of Trinidad and Tobago (RBTT Bank) Scholarship CHAOS Memorial Grant Capital & Credit Merchant Bank Scholarship (in honour of Ms. Joyce Campbell)***
*Awarded to more than one candidate. ** This scholarship is awarded to a student in a different school each year. ***Offered to a final year Dance student.
23
Transfer
Insurance and Health Care
Transferring from EMC to another College Where, for good and proper reasons, a student is transferred to another college, the Edna Manley College shall dispatch the relevant documents to the receiving college and notify, in writing, the Joint Board of Teacher Education (regarding Education students) or other relevant departments of the impending transfer.
ALL STUDENTS MUST HAVE MEDICAL INSURANCE ON REGISTERING IN THE COLLEGE All students enrolled in matriculated programmes are automatically entered in the Students' Accident Insurance Policy, which offers 24-hour coverage throughout the year. Through Sagicor Life Jamaica Limited, a programme has been developed and tailor-made to enable students to cope with the high cost of medical services.
Transferring from one EMC Programme to another Studio Certificate Technical Certificate (Up to May 2005/2006) Certificate Diploma Degree
Please note that coverage of the American Home Assurance policy is only for accidental injury under the re-imbursement plan. All health matters must be referred to the College Nurse who will make referrals where necessary. There is a Sickbay manned by a Registered College Nurse and part-time doctor. The services are available to all students on campus. Consultations and referrals are also done.
Each of the programmes is available according to offerings in each school and reflects the present programme status at the Edna Manley College. Where credits are transferred across programmes it cannot be used for matriculation into a major study. For example, a graduate with a Studio Certificate, Certificate or Technical Certificate with a major in Theatre Arts may transfer those credits where applicable to a major in Art, Dance or Music having achieved the matriculation requirement for the programme they wish to pursue.
All students are required to have a medical done using the Medical Assessment Form that is included in your acceptance package. This form must be brought in during registration. Medicals are offered on-campus by the campus doctor and students are encouraged to make use of this service. Completion of the medical is a requirement for registration.
All students wishing to transfer must fill out Transfer of Programme Forms at the Registry. Students transferring from one programme to another (internally) may request credit transfer or exemption from courses completed in another programme at the College. They should apply in writing to the Vice Principal for Academic and Technical Studies, specifying the course(s), the period of study and the level obtained using the prescribed forms available in the Registry. They may be provisionally registered pending the consideration of their request. Transferring from another College or University to EMC The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts will consider credit transfer for all courses taken through a recognized institution or accredited programme where evidence is given that each course under consideration has been satisfactorily completed with a grade of 'C' or higher and that the courses are comparable in content, nature and level of course(s) offered at the Edna Manley College. Grades transferred from another institution are not used in computation of the Grade Point Average (GPA) at the Edna Manley College but credits will be applied towards graduation requirement. The process for requesting transfer credits are set out hereunder.
24
FACTORS WHICH DETERMINE THE ACCEPTABILITY OF TRANSFER CREDITS
REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION FOR TRANSFER CREDIT CONSIDERATION
A. The programme from which coursework is being considered for transfer credit must be accredited by a regional, professional or national institutional accrediting body.
All course work presented for transfer must appear on an official transcript sent directly from the original institution to the office of the Registrar at the Edna Manley College. Copies faxed or hand delivered by students will not be accepted.
B. Credit is transferred on a course by course basis. Courses which are less rigorous than the minimum offering discipline at the Edna Manley College will not be eligible for transfer.
All foreign transcripts, not issued in English, must have an accompanying translation certified by the original transcribing institution or a professional translation service approved by the Edna Manley College.
C. Course(s) must be comparable and appropriate to the discipline to be considered for credit transfer. Courses which must have specific topics to prepare students for particular function must contain two-thirds of the material of a similar course at Edna Manley College to be judged comparable.
All foreign institutions which provide only one original document certifying attendance, course of instruction and achievement should be asked to mail the certifying documents directly to the College. The originals will be retained until credit transfer has been completed. Certified copies will be retained for the student's record and the originals will be returned to the student.
D. Any course submitted for transfer credit must have been completed within five years of the date that transfer application is submitted to the College.
PROGRESSION A student may not enter a Degree, Diploma or Certificate Programme without meeting the prescribed entry requirements for that programme.
E. A maximum of 60 credits will be transferred for those pursing a Bachelor's degree at the College.
A student may not progress to a higher programme without gaining the entry requirements for that programme.
F. The Edna Manley College will consider transfer credit to students who earned credits outside of the five year limit if: a) they can demonstrate proficiency in course material based on submission of a portfolio demonstrating competency in the objectives of the course. b) successfully pass an examination.
An application for advanced placement may be approved by the Academic Board upon recommendation by the College's Examination Assessment Curriculum Committee (E.A.C.C.). First and second year students who earn a GPA (Grade Point Average) of less than 2.0 but more than 1.7 will be allowed to progress on academic probation.
G. The Heads of Departments or Academic Advisors determines the appropriateness and applicability of accepted courses specific to the programme.
First year students who earn a GPA of less than 1.7 will be required to repeat the year. Students in 2nd. and 3rd. year whose GPA is less than 2.00 but higher than 1.7 but whose cumulative GPA is 2.00 or higher will be issued an academic warning.
INTERNATIONAL
Students whose first semester GPA is less than 2.00 but higher than 1.7 will be subject to academic warning.
The Foreign government or state governmental agency of a foreign country must formally recognize the institution as offering post-secondary programmes comparable to that offered at Edna Manley College.
Students whose GPA is less than 2.00 but higher than 1.7 for two consecutive semesters will be subject to academic probation.
A. Parity will be maintained between transferred credit and Edna Manley College credit.
Students on academic probation who fail to acquire a 2.00 GPA in the consecutive semester will be academically dismissed.
25
Examination Grades (a) Grades will be posted on the main Notice Boards of the School. (b) Grades may not be given verbally by teaching or administrative staff. Other than grades posted on the notice boards, official notification of grades is sent via annual student reports or transcripts issued by the Registrar (signed by the Director of School) or issued in the form of a transcript (signed by the Director of School and the Registrar).
ATTENDANCE Students are expected to attend all scheduled classes. Each lecturer will maintain an attendance record. A student who is absent from College because of illness or any other unavoidable cause for more than 10% of a course(s) should inform the Registry through the Director of School on the first day absence and immediately upon resumption.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS
A student must supply a medical certificate for absence of one week or more. If the student fails to do so, he/she will not be eligible to sit examinations. Students who absent themselves for more than four weeks from their course and do not supply a medical certificate or other evidence acceptable to the College to cover such an absence shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the College.
Students who achieve scores 40 - 44 (D) and 45 - 49 (as of the 2009/2010 academic year) qualify to sit supplemental examinations. Supplemental for word based examinations is held within the first two (2) weeks of February for Semester 1 examinations and within the first two (2) weeks in July for Semester 2 examinations. Supplemental examinations must be taken immediately following the failed examination. Failure to do so will result in students having to re-register for the course. Students who fail courses with scores 40 and below must re-register for the course at the next available time that the course is offered.
It is important to note that individual lecturers may have other regulations and restrictions regarding class attendance for their course. WITHDRAWAL
A student who enters for a supplemental must take the examination on the scheduled date, otherwise, such a student will be deemed to have failed the course.
Please note that where students withdraw from a course for valid reasons or there is a recommendation from the course lecturer for students' withdrawal for non attendance or misconduct, this will be reported to the Registrar so that the appropriate notation can be made on the student manager. In cases where withdrawal is as a result of poor attendance or non attendance, evidence of the students' attendance record will be submitted with a report by the course lecturer. The course from which students are withdrawn will not appear on his/her Examination Card however; the course will appear on the students' transcript designated as 'W', 'WP' or 'WF'. In cases where withdrawal is no fault of the student and special permission is granted for the students' withdrawal (Drop) from a course after the Registration and Drop/Add periods, the course would not appear on the student's transcript.
TEACHING PRACTICE/PRACTICUM This is a compulsory exercise for second and third year students pursuing a Diploma or third and fourth year students pursuing a degree in Education. Practicum consists of teaching practice in schools and other teaching projects within the College. Students doing the JBTE Diploma are required to cover a minimum of 405 hours in practicum. A minimum grade of C- is required for certification. PREREQUISITE POLICY
Examinations
1. What is a Prerequisite? A prerequisite is a course that must be completed successfully (meaning a grade of C- or better) PRIOR to taking the next course. For example, Music Theory II has a prerequisite of Music Theory I. If you have not successfully completed Music Theory I, then you do not have the prerequisite for Music Theory II, and do not qualify to take the course. If you took Music Theory I and withdrew or got an F, then you must repeat Music Theory I (and pass it with a C- or better) in order to register for Music Theory II in the proceeding semester.
No student will be admitted to the final examinations unless he/she has been enrolled at the College for the minimum period of study prescribed and has satisfactorily completed the course of study. A candidate must enter or re-enter for any prescribed examination in the form, and at the time, laid down in the course regulations. A candidate who has failed in one or more parts, or in the whole, a prescribed examination may, subject to the fulfillment of any conditions laid down by the examiners, re-enter on the next normal occasion when the examination is set. Further or later re-entry will be allowed once within five (5) calendar years of the first sitting by special permission of the College's Examination, Assessment and Curriculum Committee (E.A.C.C.) and will be subjected to the same, or a strictly comparable form of the examination. The College will not be obliged to conduct a suitable examination for a candidate on more than one occasion.
2. What is Prerequisite Approval? If a course has a prerequisite it must be valid (that is, necessary for success in the course for which it is a prerequisite.) Furthermore the College must ensure that the prerequisite: 1) has been approved in a separate action by the Academic Board through the EACC and; 2) is equitably and fairly enforced at registration.
26
3. What is Prerequisite Waiver? Prerequisite waivers are strongly disfavoured. Course sequences are designed in a way such that later courses build upon skills and competencies taught in their
Registry. Once the petition has been filed, the student will be allowed to provisionally enroll in the course, pending outcome of the challenge. If the challenge is not approved, the student will be administratively dropped from the course. The Prerequisite Challenge Form must be submitted to the Registry at least two (2) weeks prior to the start of the course.
prerequisites. A prerequisite waiver will be granted only under exceptional circumstances, and only if the student can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director and Head of Department and the course lecturer that his or her learning and performance in the course will not be impaired on account of the waiver. Prerequisite waiver does not excuse the student from taking the waived course, nor is a waiver considered to be fulfillment of the waived course. A prerequisite waiver only allows the student to take a sequential course out of order. Request for prerequisite waiver must be submitted to the Registry on FORM PW100A & B. These forms are available in the Registry.
9. Does filing a challenge guarantee admission? No! Once the student files a challenge he or she is eligible to register in the course. If the student delays enrollment or if the desired section is closed, he or she must find another course section or wait until the next time the course is offered.
4. Prerequisite Override If you do not have the prerequisite but feel that you are prepared for the course, then you should consult with the course lecturer about getting an override, complete the necessary forms (PO120) for endorsement by the course lecturer and submit to the Registry. For example, if you took and failed (or withdrew) from "Introduction to Computer as a Tool" but feel you are prepared for "Digital Design" (which requires IC as a pre-req), then you need to contact the Digital Design course lecturer to see if a pre-req override form will be given. The petition must be made at least two (2) weeks prior to the start of the course you wish to be registered in. a)
10. Is there a timeline for processing challenges? Yes. After the student submits it to the Registry or to the appropriate Director, the challenge must be acted upon in a timely manner. Challenges must be filed at least two (2) weeks prior to the start of the class. 11. Whom do I contact for more information? See your Faculty Advisor or the Director of School or the Registry. The Prerequisite Wavier Form - PW100A & B Override - PO120 Form and Challenge (PC110) Forms must be used in applying these policies.
If you have completed the prerequisite(s) but were unsuccessful when registering, then you should go to your Faculty Advisor, School Director or Registry for assistance.
GPA REGULATIONS
5. Can a Course Lecturer sign a student into his or her class without the student completing the course prerequisite? No. The purpose of the prerequisite enforcement is to make sure students have the necessary background to be successful in the course. A course lecturer's signature alone will not override the computer's block to enrollment. For a student to be allowed to enroll in the course the instructor must post an electronic approval into the target course or an “equivalency� to the prerequisite course.
The Grading Scheme and Other Designations GRADING SCHEME (For students enrolled prior to the 2009/2010 academic year)
6. Can a student challenge a prerequisite? Yes. Although prerequisites are to be enforced, students have the right to challenge a prerequisite based on very specific grounds. 7. On what grounds can a student file a challenge? The student can challenge the prerequisite on one or more of five specified reasons; 1) the prerequisite approval did not follow College Policy; or 2) It is not necessary for success in the course; or 3) it is unlawfully discriminatory; or 4) the prerequisite course has not been made reasonably available and thus, if the student(s) has to wait to take it, she/he will be delayed in the completion of her/his official educational goal; or 5) the student can substantiate having knowledge or skills to be successful in the course despite not meeting the prerequisite. 8. How does the student file a challenge of a prerequisite? A faculty advisor will help the student determine if she/he would benefit from the challenge process. The student can get a Prerequisite Challenge Form (PC110) from the Registry. If the student elects to complete the Prerequisite Challenge Form then the form must be sent along with any documentation needed, to the
27
Grade / Point
Percentage equivalent
A 4.0
90 - 100
A- 3.7
80 - 89
B+ 3.3
70 - 79
B 3.0
65 - 69
B- 2.7
60- 64
Good
Credit
C+ 2.3
55 - 59
Average
Pass
C 2.0
50 - 54
Acceptable
Pass
C- 1.7
45 - 49
Marginal
Pass
D 1.3
40 - 44
F
0 - 39
0
} }
}
Excellent
Very Good
Level of Pass 1st Class Honours Upper 2nd Class Honours Lower 2nd Class Honours
Unsatisfactory Fail
REVISED GRADING SCHEME
semester in which the extension is granted. Any remaining "I" symbol at the end of the period of extension will be deemed an "F".
The revised Grading Scheme and Other Designations, set out below, approved by the Academic Board at its meeting in June 2009 is to be used for grading and academic record keeping purposes in the College until further notice. This revised Grading Scheme applies to the incoming students for the 2009 – 2010 Academic year ONLY. All other students will exit their programmes using the current Grading Scheme.
NR - Not Reported - When a lecturer fails to submit grades by the published deadline through no fault of the student. WP - Withdraw Passing - If a student, for whatever reason, ceases to attend a course but was gaining passing grades up to that point, then the WP "withdraw passing" will be recorded on the student’s academic record.
REVISED GRADING SCHEME Grade / Point
Percentage equivalent
A 4.0
90 - 100
A- 3.7
80 - 89
B+ 3.3
75 - 79
B 3.0
70 - 74
B- 2.7
66 - 69
C+ 2.3
60 - 65
C 2.0
55 - 59
C- 1.7
50 - 54
D 1.3
40 - 49
F
0
0 - 39
}
} } }
WF - Withdraw Failing - If a student, for whatever reason, ceased to attend a course but was gaining failing grades up to that point, then the WF "withdraw failing" will be recorded on the student’s academic record.
Level of Pass
Excellent
Honours
Very Good
Credit
Please note that: With regards to WP & WF, reasons for withdrawing must be stated in writing. Students with the WP designation have one year to complete the course/s. EX - Exemption without credit - In cases where admission is partially based on Prior Learning Assessment, advanced placement, etc. EC - Exempt with credit
Acceptable
Unsatisfactory
Pass
V-
Fail
NV - When a student has been permitted to audit a course but has not done so satisfactorily. P -
Audited - When the course has been taken in accordance with regulations governing course audit.
Pass - A pass obtained in a course taken on a Pass/Fail basis.
Other Designations NP - Not Passed - when a student has failed a course taken on a pass/fail basis. AB - Absent - When a student is absent from an examination for medical or other acceptable reasons. In such cases he/she may re-sit the exam as a first sitting, at the next sitting of the supplemental examinations or at the regular sitting. All other students who are absent from examinations will be allowed to take the exam at the next regular sitting only. I-
APPEAL Academic Standing - Year I to III If a student at anytime wishes to query his/her grade, then he/she shall have the right of appeal to the Director of School. Such an appeal will only be considered if it reaches the Director within fourteen (14) days of the date of notification to the student. The appeal must also set out in full, grounds for the appeal.
Incomplete - Indicates that the student has made progress in a course but at the end of the semester has not finished the course work required to receive a letter grade. An "I" designation is not counted in credit hours earned, or quality hours until a letter grade is reported. If neither a letter grade nor notification of an extension time is received by the Registry from the office of the Director of the School/Programme, the "I" designation is replaced by an "F" letter grade at the end of the first six weeks into the next semester the student is registered. An extension of time may be granted but shall not normally extend beyond of the end of the
If the Director believes that additional evidence has now been deduced which may justify a review, he/she may refer the case to the Academic Board for consideration without prejudice to the right of appeal by the student. Otherwise he/she shall hear the appeal together with a body of examiners comprising the Director of School, Heads of Departments and/or Senior Lecturers.
28
9. If a student has completed the last examination necessary to qualify for the award of the Degree, Diploma or Certificate but has not settled any outstanding accounts with the College, no report will be made on the result of his/her examination until payment has been made in full.
Request for Academic Records Students may request transcript and academic statements from the Registry in writing or by completing our Transcript Request Form giving specific details of your academic history at the College. There is a lead-time of ten (10) working days for extensive research and preparation of the document. A fee is attached to this service.
10. Students having outstanding requirements at the end of final year will be given a maximum of five years within which to complete all such requirements to receive certification.
CORRESPONDENCES - Status, Acceptance, Rejection and Recommendation letters
GRADUATION POLICY Graduation is held in November of each year. Students completing programmes in May - June are eligible to participate in the graduation. Students completing credits in the summer programmes are also eligible to participate in the graduation.
The above correspondences are prepared by the Registry. Lead-time for preparation of status letters is three working days. Request for status letters should be made in writing to the attention of the Registrar.
Diplomas Diplomas are issued each year following graduation. Diplomas will be held until all outstanding obligations to the College have been cleared. Unclaimed diplomas become the property of the College one calendar year thereafter.
Recommendation letters are done by the Directors of Schools and/or Heads of Departments. Acceptance and Rejection letters are issued after completion of the application process.
Application for Graduation Students planning to graduate must make application according to the dates specified in the College Calendar. Failure to make application will result in a delay in scheduled graduation dates.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREES, DIPLOMAS, CERTIFICATES
A student must file an application for graduation with the Registrar's Office one semester before expected degree completion (see College Calendar for deadlines). The degree audit/official check sheet must be approved by the head of the School and the Vice Principal for Academic and Technical Studies.
In order for a student to qualify for any award of the College that student must have pursued the course of study approved by the College, satisfied the course regulations and fulfilled the following requirements: 1. Satisfactory attendance and performance through the course. (See regulations on attendance) 2. Attainment of the specified number of credits. 3. Successful completion of all compulsory courses. 4. Achievement of the required standard in the examination and other forms of assessment prescribed for the award of the Degree, Diploma or Certificate. 5. A course of study must be continuously pursued unless special exemption is obtained from the VP Academic and Technical Studies or unless the course regulations deem otherwise.
Choice of Programme Under Which a Student Graduates A candidate for the bachelor's degree must fulfill the requirements of a degree programme as specified in the Course Menu in effect during the academic year of the student's first matriculation as a degree student. Students may select a subsequent Course Menu during their matriculation with the approval of the appropriate academic Head. If a student does not attend the College for a period of one (1) calendar year or longer, the student will be required to fulfill the requirements of the degree programme as specified by the Course Menu in effect during the year of the student's return as a degree student.
6. Students who are unable to complete the course or examinations either because they have been certified to be medically unfit to do so, or for other cause acceptable by the College Board shall immediately withdraw from the whole or any remaining parts of the final examination, and shall be permitted to re-enter these at the next opportunity. Then the student may request a transcript for courses taken up to the point of their withdrawal.
If a student changes degree programmes, the College may require the student to fulfill the requirements of the Course Menu in effect when the change of degree programme is approved. The College reserves the right to make changes, as required, in course offerings, curricula, academic policies, and other rules and regulations affecting students, to be effective whenever determined by the College. These changes will govern current and former students. Interpretations of these policies will be made by the appropriate College authorities, keeping in mind the interests of the students and the College. Enrollment of all students is subject to the conditions and policies as set forth in the Policy Manual.
7. The date of award of the Degree shall be that laid down in the programme regulations 8. An alphabetical list of candidates who have satisfied the examiners shall be published on or before that date.
29
Commuting students are required to show their College Identification to the Security personnel at the College entrance. Failure to do so will result in your being denied access to the College.
Evaluation of Degree Requirements Each final year student will have one official check of remaining degree/diploma/certificate requirements following filing of the application for graduation, which is included in the payment of the application fee. This evaluation will be conducted by the Director of the School. An additional fee will be charged for any additional checks necessitated by a student's subsequent change of course menu, programme of studies, or failure to complete requirements by the prescribed semester.
SEXUAL HARASSMENT: GUIDELINES FOR STUDENTS 1. Sexual Harassment Defined Sexual harassment is verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature, which the perpetrator knew, or should have known, was offensive to the victim. Conduct so defined may comprise of displays of sexually suggestive images and literature, suggestive remarks and expressions, unwanted demand for sex and physical conduct.
Parking Policy Students who own or drive cars to classes on campus daily, are expected to collect their permit to park their vehicles on the campus as part of the College's security policy.
2. The Edna Manley College's Position on Sexual Harassment The College DOES NOT tolerate sexual harassment, verbal or otherwise, and objects to students being subjected to this offence. The College implores students to report any instances of sexual harassment to the relevant College authority.
Parking Permit for Students Students needing such a permit should make their request for parking stickers in the Registry at the Student Affairs desk. They should take with them the documents for the car to identify that they are legally authorized to drive the vehicle for which the permit is being sought.
3. Dealing with Sexual Harassment The following are guidelines for dealing with sexual harassment.
Security Guidelines for Students
If you are the recipient of unwanted sexual attention you should ask the offender to stop.
Each student is encouraged to take responsibility for his or her own personal safety and security and to ensure that their personal belongings and property are kept as secure as humanly possible. In this regard, the behaviour of students on or off campus should be guided by proactivity as it relates to personal safety and security. The College provides guidance to the student body on the importance of being on guard at all times as it relates to ensuring personal safety and protection during their tenure on campus.
If this attempt is ineffective, seek assistance from the relevant authority: your Director of School, the Vice Principal - Academic and Technical Studies, the Guidance Counsellor, the Director of Student Services, Student Housing Manager or the Registrar. These personnel will give you independent and confidential advice on such matters and will assist you by way of confronting the offender. Students may make a formal complaint through the Vice Principal of Academic and Technical Studies, which may invoke disciplinary procedures meted out against the perpetrator.
In order to minimize security breaches students should adhere to the following: 1. Wear and display Identification Cards 2. Sign the book at the guard house in the absence of an Identification Card 3. Obtain a campus pass 4. Be familiar with peers 5. Participate in the Campus Watch programme 6. Obtain a list of resource personnel ALWAYS CARRY 7. Exercise caution while on campus YOUR ID CARD 8. Exercise caution while off campus WHILE ON CAMPUS
REMINDER!
4. Dealing with Violent Behaviour The College strongly encourages victims of violent physical crimes or crimes of a sexual nature to report the matter to the police. These constitute physical threats, rape, attempted rape, sexual assault, or indecent exposure.
Searching of Persons on Campus Security personnel on the campus may search the person, motor vehicle, bag or other containers of anyone if they have reasonable grounds to believe that the person may have in his/her possession any property that is deemed illegally removed from any section of the campus. Visitors All visitors on campus will be issued a Visitor's Pass, which must be clearly displayed on their person while on campus.
CAMPUS WATCH The Campus Watch is a system on campus involving the students working together with a view of reporting to the relevant personnel (see list below) any unusual happenings that may be noticed and which might be cause for concern as it relates to safety and security.
30
Rules and Regulations
WHO TO CALL FOR HELP List of Resource Personnel Ext. Principal 2000 Registrar 2087 Assistant Registrar 2086 Vice Principal (Academic and Technical Studies) 2065 Vice Principal (Administration & Resource Development)2003 Student Services Director 2084 Student Housing Security Post 2090 Maintenance Supervisor 2142 Student Housing Manager 2091/968-7973 Security Supervisor 2222 / 2043 Police
119
Fire
110
Directors of Schools/Faculty Visual Art Dance Drama Music Education & Liberal Studies
Ext. 2030/2032 2039 2010 2048
Nurse Librarian Facilities Manager Guidance Counselor Ambulance
INTRODUCTION The College Rules and Regulations are applicable to all students admitted to study for a degree, diploma or certificate. Students enrolled in programmes will be furnished with the relevant regulations, but, if for any reason they do not, they are asked to collect copies from the Registry or relevant department.
2105
Additionally, students are subject to the course regulations governing the award of certification, and should undertake to observe the regulations of the College. The College Board reserves the right to make changes to these regulations, as it may deem necessary.
2220 2109 2143 2149
The College does not, at any time, take responsibility if information sent to a student's last known address is not received. It is the responsibility of students to contact the College if course, examination, entry or other details have not reached them by a due date.
110
General Security and Safety Tips
GENERAL CONDUCT
Always know where your ID card is. If possible, wear it with a lanyard around your neck.
Students are expected to conduct themselves respectfully and appropriately, and exercise a sense of responsibility as required by Institutions of Higher Learning.
Get to know your classmates and peers. The possession and use of alcoholic beverages, other illegal substances, weapons of any kind, tools and other equipment not in keeping with the course of studies on campus are strictly prohibited.
Do not leave books, bags and other personal effects in an unlocked cabinet, desk drawer, cupboard or in any other place that may be unattended. Keep a personal inventory of your belongings in a safe place.
Only under special circumstances is the consumption of alcoholic beverages permitted on campus. Special permission and application must be made before alcoholic beverages are permitted for sale or use on the campus. Permission can be obtained from the Principal via written application.
Be alert for suspicious looking activity or persons. Do not leave your valuables in public view. Never leave receipts at the location of any ATM machine or dispose of them in any public trash receptacle.
The deliberate setting of fires or use of explosives or explosive materials on the campus is strictly prohibited. Students will be held liable for any damage resulting from breaches of this regulation and will be subject to disciplinary action.
Never disclose personal information over the phone unless you know with whom you are speaking. Report all losses and theft immediately. Beware of con artists and schemes that use interactive services on the Internet or telephone solicitations disguised as surveys or promotions offering instant prizes or awards to obtain your personal information.
Students are also forbidden to deface any College property (building, furniture, equipment or any part thereof) by graffiti of any kind. Students who violate this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action, including, but not limited to fines.
Contact your bank immediately if your credit or debit card is lost or stolen and report the theft to the police.
Students are expected to respect each member of the campus community. The College strictly prohibits the posting, issuing, selling or creation of any obscene, discriminatory, defamatory, and/or inflammatory material (written or images) on the campus. This includes all modalities - hard-copy or electronic posters, newsletters, e-mails, text messages, blogs, pictures, videos, etc. Defamation of character is a criminal office.
Do not carry more cash than you need. When you disembark public transportation, be aware of who else is getting off and if they are following you. If you feel you are being followed, go to the nearest store or public building to request assistance. At nights, avoid areas that are not properly lit and do not travel alone.
The College is an inclusive community and will not tolerate discrimination of any kind.
31
1. GENERAL APPLICATION The following conditions and procedures apply to academic misconduct such as irregularities in examinations, as well as other forms of academic malfeasance. These specifically apply to: 1. College final theory, oral or practical/studio examinations 2. Faculty examinations, which include all tests, assignments, oral and practical examinations related to coursework and projects at the School/Department level; 3. Other forms of academic misconduct
f. g. h. i.
Collaborating with another candidate orally or in writing during the examination/test without permission Directly or indirectly giving assistance to another candidate during the examination Accepting unauthorized assistance whether directly or indirectly from another individual in the sitting of an examination Any other act that would serve to subvert the examination procedures and process and give unfair advantage to the perpetrator
3.1 IRREGULARITIES OUTSIDE AN EXAMINATION Irregularities committed outside of an examination shall be subject to the same disciplinary procedures as if committed in an examination room, and include: a. Collaboration with another person in obtaining un-administered examination papers prior to the examination b. Selling or publishing un-administered examination papers, or other work assigned for purposes of academic credit c. Altering examination work after it has been evaluated d. Forging or altering or falsifying any academic record, or making use of any such altered, forged or falsified record for purposes of academic credit e. Fabricating research results. This includes false claims regarding research results, interviews or procedures; the omission of statements regarding interviews, procedures or experiments, where the omission cannot be justified f. Plagiarism: that is the offering of one's own work, words, data, ideas, arguments, calculation, designs or productions of another, without appropriate citation g. Representing as one's individual writing and/or final product a jointly written or produced submission of any description, unless the instructor has approved a co-authorization submission h. Submitting work for which credit has been previously obtained or is being sought in another course or programme of study in the College or elsewhere without authorization from the School concerned i. Producing a paper, critique or other assignment for another student j. Copying another person's paper, critique or other assignment k. Engaging in any other irregularity not specified in the above regulations, but from which an unfair advantage can be obtained.
1.1 Offences not deemed major shall be dealt with by the College Board 2. CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCES The College through the Office of the Registrar shall have the right to classify offences 2.1 ACADEMIC MISCONDUCT Generally, academic misconduct consists of academic dishonesty or fraud. It includes acts which have the effect of unfairly promoting or enhancing one's academic standing or assisting someone in the pursuit of such an end result. Acts of academic dishonesty are serious matters, which subvert the integrity and credibility of the educational process. The College will therefore initiate action against students who have engaged in acts of academic dishonesty. 2.2 CATEGORIES OF ACADEMIC MISCONDUCT The assigning and evaluating of academic exercises in the form of essays, projects, presentations, tests and examinations, is central to the educational process, both as guidance to the student and as a means of maintaining appropriate standards of accreditation. It is required that all academic exercises submitted for evaluation and course credit be the product of the student's individual effort, except in the case of team projects arranged and approved of by the instructor. There are two categories of Academic Misconduct - major and lesser offences 3. EXAMINATION IRREGULARITIES Examination cheating constitutes an attempt on the part of the student/candidate to undermine the College's examination exercise; that is, any act carried out during an examination for the purpose of obtaining credit to which he/she is not entitled. Irregularities in an examination include: a. Presenting oneself for another candidate for the purpose of taking a test or examination; or by allowing oneself to be represented by another for the same b. Having prior knowledge of the content of an examination question paper and using same in the examination c. Possessing/using unauthorized examination aid/devices/materials d. Copying from another candidate's paper e. Knowingly allowing one's work to be copied during an examination
3.2 LESSER OFFENCES Those include: a. Commencing to answer the paper before the official "start" time of the Examination b. Non-observance of the official "stop" time for the Examination c. Other acts so deemed by the Academic Board
32
4. MINOR OFFENCES Minor Offences shall be, but are not limited to the following: 1. Use of abusive, offensive or obscene language 2. Coming to school under the influence of alcohol 3. Failure to comply with a reasonable instruction given by an employee of the College 4. Gambling on College property 5. Any conduct likely to cause injury to person or property 6. Disruption of legitimate College activities 7. Loitering in a prohibited zone 8. Playing of loud music on College property 9. Use of College property without permission 10. Parking in an unauthorized zone or area 11. Non-observance of College traffic regulations 12. Abuse of College Internet facility 13. Smoking on campus 14. Refusal to provide identification when asked to do so by an employee of the College in connection with security or breach of discipline. 15. Display of sexually suggestive or degrading material in the classroom/studio/lecture theatre. 4. 1 MAJOR OFFENCES Major Offences shall be, but are not limited to the following: 1. Persistent commission of the offences classified as minor offences 2. Causing damage or destruction to College property 3. Causing damage to property or other person/s on College premises 4. Failure to comply with a reasonable instruction given by an academic staff member or senior administrative staff member 5. Fighting on College property 6. Physical assault or battery of anyone on College property 7. Threatening a College employee 8. Coming to College/School under the influence of illegal drugs 9. Indiscriminate use of alcohol and illegal drugs on College property 10. Stealing College property 11. Stealing from a fellow College students or third parties 12. Provoking or inciting students to riot or to behave in a disorderly manner 13. Verbal threats or assaults to fellow students or third parties on College property 14. Possession of dangerous substance or weapon on College property 15. Possession of College property without permission 16. Obstruction of teaching and learning 17. Malicious abuse (verbal or physical) 18. Infringing safety regulations or disregarding notices concerning safety precautions in any part of the College 19. Impersonation or unauthorized possession of College Identification Card 20. Conduct aimed at putting the College in disrepute 21. Discrimination on grounds of sex, disability, race, religion or class 22. Non-payment of tuition or any other prescribed College fee
5. GROSS MISCONDUCT Gross misconduct shall be, but is not limited to the following: 1. Persistent commission of offences classified as major offences 2. Intentionally causing malicious damage to College property or property of an employee of the College or fellow student 3. Physical assault or battery of an individual on the College premises 4. Falsification of report, record, or any other document 5. Stealing College property 6. Proven sexual immorality of College property 7. Provoking or inciting students to riot 8. Unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information 9. Sexual harassment of student, visitor or employee of the College 10. Unauthorized possession of firearm or any lethal weapon or instrument on the College property 11. Discharge of a firearm on College property 12. Commission or conviction of a criminal offence 13. Unauthorized access to records and databases of the College or any member of staff 14. Impersonation or unauthorized possession of the College's identification cards 15. Non-compliance with punishment made under disciplinary procedure 16. Conduct aimed at putting the College in disrepute 6. CLASSIFICATION OF SANCTION The College through the office of the Registrar shall have the right to categorize types of penalty. 6.1 PENALTY/SANCTION FOR MINOR OFFENCES For minor offences the College reserves the right to penalize offenders using one or a combination of the following: 1. Exclusion from designated areas and/or activities of the College 2. Suspension from the College not exceeding one week 3. Oral reprimand 4. Written warning 5. Order/instruction to write and publish letter of apology 6. Withdrawal of College privileges 7. Withdrawal from College representation or Student Union representation 8. Reimbursement to College/Employee/Student/Third Party for damage at replacement cost 6.2 PENALTY/SANCTION FOR MAJOR OFFENCES For major offences the College reserves the right to penalize offenders using one or a combination of the following: 1. Exclusion from College property or activities 2. Suspension not exceeding three years from the College 3. Written warning 4. Binding student over to good behaviour 5. Order/instruction to write and publish letter of apology 6. Withdrawal of College privileges
33
7. Withdrawal from College representation or Student Union representation 8. Reimbursement to College/Employee/Student/Third party for damage at replacement cost 9. Reimbursement of medical expenses resulting from physical injury
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Smoking is strictly prohibited Playing of games is not allowed in the laboratory Children are not allowed in the laboratory Time limits must be adhered to The copying of software is strictly prohibited The unauthorized removal of laboratory resources is strictly prohibited Files must not be stored on the computer's hard drive without the consent of laboratory personnel 11. The playing of music in the laboratory is strictly prohibited 12. The viewing of pornographic material is strictly forbidden 13. Using the laboratory for purposes other than prescribed academic programmes is strictly prohibited
6.3 PENALTY/SANCTION FOR GROSS MISCONDUCT For Gross Misconduct the College reserves the right to penalize offenders using one or a combination of the following: 1. Withdrawal of College Certification 2. Suspension 3. Expulsion 4. Reimbursement to College/Employee/Student/Third party for damage at replacement cost 5. Reimbursement of medical expenses resulting from physical injury
Use of Telephone Students are not allowed to use office telephones, except in cases of dire emergency.
Facilities
IT Help Desk Extension 3091
COMPUTER LABORATORIES
Wireless Internet Access Wireless Internet service is available on the College campus.
The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts has six Computer Laboratories: The main PC lab, a lab within the Library and four Graphics labs in the School of Visual Arts. The Graphics labs contain Mac computers exclusively and facilitate access to various graphics software, while the PC labs facilitate access to the Microsoft Office Suite. All laboratories provide access to the Internet. Lab Technicians are available in the PC lab and Graphics labs to provide technical assistance where necessary.
Student E-mail All full-time students will be assigned EMC e-mail accounts. Student e-mail can be accessed from any web browser at http://mail.sa.emc.edu.jm. Students may retain their EMC e-mail addresses after they have left the College, if they so desire. Student e-mail addresses are in the format firstname.lastname@sa.emc.edu.jm, e.g. john.brown@sa.emc.edu.jm. Your username to login is in the format firstname.lastname, e.g. john.brown. Your temporary password is your date of birth, in the format ddmmyyyy, e.g., if your date of birth is 27/02/1985, your password is 27021985. This password must be changed after your first login.
RULES OF CONDUCT Everyone using the Computer Labs is required to comply with the following rules of conduct. EMC Computer Technicians have responsibility for enforcing these rules, and will notify lab users if they are in violation. Failure to comply with these rules may result in removal from the lab, termination of access, loss of computing privileges, disciplinary review, expulsion, legal action, termination of employment, or other disciplinary action. The following Rules of Conduct must be observed when using the laboratories: 1. Personal computers are not to be physically connected to the network in the labs. If personal computers are found connected to the network, it will be assumed that the user had malicious intent and the computer will be confiscated for the duration of our investigation into the attempted attack on our network 2. Noise is to be kept at a minimum level 3. Food and drink are not allowed in the laboratory
34
School of Drama
cautioned that just as national holidays do not apply to the profession of theatre, the School may find it necessary to schedule production work on holidays within the academic year.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Involvement in Outside Projects First year students are cautioned against any involvement in production /projects outside the school, while senior students are required to obtain permission before committing to any such project/production.
Programmes Offered The School of Drama has been influential in the development of Jamaica’s theatre through the training of teachers, performers and directors. The School’s Programmes are structured to serve the Jamaican society and the Caribbean. The Programmes are: BFA Theatre Arts - Acting BFA Theatre Arts - Directing Diploma - Drama in Education Diploma - Theatre Arts Certificate - Theatre Arts Studio Certificate - Theatre Arts UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education - Drama
-
Four (4) years Four (4) years Three (3) years Three (3) years Two (2) years Two (2) years
-
Three (3) years
Progression/Promotion For Drama in Education see the J.B.T.E. Regulations. For Theatre Arts, a minimum average grade of ‘C’ in the major area of study is required to progress to the following year of each programme. Programme Duration Please see student regulations for the maximum period of study allotted per programme from initial registration to successful completion. Clothing There is no specific type of uniform designed for the School of Drama. However, students are asked to use their discretion in selecting clothes to wear to school. For all practical/studio classes such as Acting, Voice & Speech and Movement students are required to change into comfortable and appropriate work clothes. Leotards, tights and sweat suits are customary. Whereas the educational environment of the College allows for informality, creativity and liberated expressions, this must be tendered with maturity and appropriate stylistic choices as you traverse and share private and public spaces on the campus.
School Activities Productions and Workshops Each year the school provides senior students with valuable theatre experience by staging two major productions that are directed by members of the faculty and/or guest directors. Workshop productions of two short plays are also produced each year under the directorship of two graduates. This allows for a vehicle through which students integrate and demonstrate skills learnt in their theatre studies.
Course Syllabi Each Lecturer should distribute a course syllabus (SEMESTER PLAN) during the first week of classes. Please ensure that you get one. This is your teacher/student contract regarding the requirements of the course. It should include aims, objectives and course content as well as the schedule of assignments and scheme of assessment.
Final year students in Theatre Arts are also required to mount a workshop production as part of their Directing II course. Students who are desirous of taking Directing II must obtain at least a B+ in Directing I to be eligible. Rehearsals and Performances are normally scheduled after classes, which means that students should prepare themselves for long school days during the production period.
Course Assessment Assessment of studio courses is based on 60% for coursework and 40% for final examination or final project. Assessment for theoretical courses is based on 40% for coursework and 60% for final exam or final project. All courses are externally examined and/or second marked.
Theatre off Campus Kingston is one of the most varied, busy and exciting theatre centres in the English-speaking Caribbean. Students are expected to see at least four off-campus professional productions during the academic year. Students can organise as groups for reduced rates.
(Coursework must be C+ or above to redeem a failing exam grade. Coursework cannot redeem an examination grade below D.)
Master Classes Master Classes are designed for students to interact with theatre practitioners and other specialists in the field of theatre and education to discuss relevant issues. Watch the Notice Boards for dates and times. Holidays The School of Drama attempts to schedule rehearsal calls, crew calls and production work with consideration of official College policies regarding holidays. However, students are
36
BFA Theatre Arts - Acting YEAR 1 Code GS100A TT101A TH101A TT102A GS104A DP106A DP103A
Code GS100B TT101B TH101B TT102B GS104B TT109B DP206B
SEMESTER I Course College English I Acting IA Western Theatre History I (Survey) Voice & Speech IA Caribbean History Culture & Aesthetics I Movement I Improvisation SEMESTER II Course College English II Acting IB Western Theatre History II (Survey) Voice & Speech IB Caribbean History Culture & Aesthetics II Textual Studies I (Dramatic Literature) Movement II
YEAR III Code TT207A TT301A TT309A
Credits 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
TT306A
Code TT307B TT309B TT301B TT302B TT305B TT203B GS203E
Credits 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
YEAR II Code TT209A TT201A TT202A GS102A GS106E GS206E TT203A
SEMESTER l Course Textual Studies II Acting IIA Voice & Speech IIA Introduction to Spanish I Ethics, Creativity & Self I Introduction to Philosophy Movement for Actors
Credits 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
Code TT201B TT202B TT204B GS102B GS107E GS231B GS103X
SEMESTER ll Course Acting IIB Voice & Speech IIB Theatre and West Indian Society Introduction to Spanish II Ethics, Creativity & Self II College Mathematics Information Technology II
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 3 2
YEAR IV Code TT402B TT403A TT404A
Code TT402B TT303B TT401B
SEMESTER I Course Culture & Community Development Acting IIIA Caribbean Culture in Performance Directing I One Design Course Elective*
SEMESTER II Course Introduction to Cultural Studies / Introduction to Performance Studies Acting IIIB Theatre & Development Introduction to West Indian Drama Production I Performance Research Forum
Credits 3 3 3 2 3 3
SEMESTER I Course Independent Study Musical Theatre Internship Elective
Credits 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Independent Study Production II Acting for Screen & Television Elective
Credits 6 3 3
*Performance Poetry highly recommended
37
Credits 2 3 3 4 2
BFA Theatre Arts - Directing YEAR I Code GS100A TT101A TH101A TT102A GS104A DP106A DP103A
Code GS100B TT101B TH101B TT102B TT104B TT109B DP206B
SEMESTER I Course College English I Acting IA Western Theatre History I (Survey) Voice & Speech IA Caribbean History Culture & Aesthetics I Movement I Improvisation
SEMESTER II Course College English II Acting IB Western Theatre History II (Survey) Voice & Speech IB Caribbean History Culture & Aesthetics II Textual Studies I (Dramatic Literature) Movement II
YEAR III Code TT104A TT306A TT308A TT204A TT309A
Credits 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
Code TT307B TT309B TT305B TT203B GS203E TT306B
Credits 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
YEAR II Code TT209A GS102A GS206E GS106E TT201A TT207A
SEMESTER I Course Textual Studies II Introduction to Spanish I Introduction to Philosophy Ethics, Creativity & Self I Acting IIA Culture & Community Development
Credits 2 2 3 2 3 2
Code GS103X TT204B TT302B GS102B GS231B GS107E TT205B
SEMESTER II Course Information Technology II Theatre and West Indian Society Theatre & Development Introduction to Spanish II College Mathematics Ethics Creativity & Self II Introduction to Dramaturgy
Credits 2 2 3 2 3 3 3
YEAR IV Code TT402B TT404A TT405A TT406A
Code TT402B TT303B TT304B
SEMESTER I Course Introduction to Set Design Directing I Playwriting I Stage Management Caribbean Culture in Performance Elective**
SEMESTER II Course Introduction to Cultural Studies / Introduction to Performance Studies Introduction to West Indian Drama Production I Performance Research Forum Directing II Elective
Credits 3 2 3 3 4
SEMESTER I Course Independent Study Internship Video Production Elements of African & Asian Theatre History Elective
Credits 4 3 3
SEMESTER II Course Independent Study Production II Critiquing Performance Elective*
Credits 6 3 3
*Playwriting II highly recommended ** Arts Management I highly recommended
38
Credits 2 4 3 3 3
Diploma - Drama in Education YEAR I Code TE103Y TT101A TT102A TH101A LA141GE GS001A ED140GE DP106A GS104A
SEMESTER I Course •Drama in Education I Acting IA Voice & Speech IA Western Theatre History I •College English I Personal Development The Emergent Teacher Movement I Caribbean History Aesthetics and Culture I
Code TE103Y TT101B TT102B LA143GE GS001B ED141GE TT109B GS104B TE241A
SEMESTER II Course Credits •Drama in Education I 6 Acting IB 3 Voice & Speech IB 2 •College English I 4 Personal Development The Teacher/Student/Society 2 Textual Studies I 2 Caribbean History, Aesthetics and Culture II 2 Teaching Practice 1 (Drama in Education ll)
YEAR II Code TT201A TT202A TT209A TE242A GS001Y ED242GE TE219A LA241GE ED245GE ED242GE TE241B
SEMESTER I Course Acting IIA *Voice & Speech IIA Textual Studies II •Drama in Education II Personal Development Technology in Education I *Theatre with Children I •College English II Understanding the Learner Principles of Teaching & Learning Teaching Practice (Drama in Education II) Elective
Code TT201B TT202B TE241B TE241Y GS002B ED243GE LR211SE LA241GE ED245GE ED242GE
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2
YEAR III Code LA341GE TT308A ED341GE TT309A GS003B
Code TE341B TE319B TT203B TT304A
Credits 3 2 2 3 1 -
SEMESTER II Course Acting IIB Voice & Speech IIB *Teaching Practice I •*Drama in Education II Personal Development II Technology in Education II Content Area Literacy •College English II Understanding the Learner Principles of Teaching & Learning Elective
Credits 3 2
2 3 4 4 4
SEMESTER I Course College English III Playwriting I 1 Design Course Assessment in Classroom Caribbean Culture in Performance Personal Development III
Credits 2 3 2 3 3
SEMESTER II Course *Teaching Practice II *Theatre with Children II Production I Devising Theatre Elective
Credits 5 1 3 2
Key: •Yearlong courses *Practicum * See summary sheet for total practicum and elective credits Theory (word based) courses 15 hours = 1credit Studio Courses 25-30 hours = 1credit Minimum credits for graduation: 106 Required electives: 15 credits
39
Diploma in Theatre Arts YEAR I Code TT101A TT102A DP106A GS104A GS115Y GS100A TH101A Code TT101B TT102B GS104B TT109B GS115Y GS100B TH101B YEAR II Code TT201A TT202A TT203A TT204A TT209A GS102A
Code TT201B TT202B TT203B DP206B GS102B GS103B
YEAR III Code TT301A TT309A TT306A TT308A
SEMESTER I Course Credits Acting 1A 3 Voice & Speech 1A 2 Movement I 2 Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I 2 Personal Development College English I 2 Western Theatre History I 2 SEMESTER II Course Acting 1B Voice & Speech 1B Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics II Textual Studies I Personal Development College English II Western Theatre History II
TH305A
Code TT301B Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2
SEMESTER I Course Acting IIA Voice & Speech IIA Movement for Actors Stage Management Textual Studies II **Introduction to Spanish I Elective
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 2
SEMESTER II Course Acting IIB Voice & Speech IIB Production I Movement II **Introduction to Spanish II Information Technology II Elective
Credits 3 2 3 2 2 2
TT305B MU103B TT303B TT304B TT305B
Key:
40
SEMESTER I Course Acting IIIA Caribbean Culture in Performance Directing I Playwriting I Elective Elements of African & Asian Theatre History & Styles SEMESTER II Course Acting IIIB One Design Course Introduction to W.I. Drama Vocal Skills (Choir) Production II Critiquing Performance Introduction to West Indian Drama
Credits 3 3 4 3 3
Credits 3 2 2 1 3 3 2
*Prerequisite: Information Technology I or equivalent ** Transfer credits with CXC Spanish Required Electives – 6 credits (minimum) Minimum credits required for graduation: 90 Theory (word based) courses 15 hours = 1 credit Studio Courses 25-30 hours = 1 credit
Students with a minimum of a B average in the Diploma in Theatre Arts will be required to do a minimum of 34 credits inclusive of specialization and electives.
BFA Theatre Arts (Acting Tract) One Year Add-on to the Diploma Theatre Arts (Revised Diploma - 2005/ 2006) Code GS205E TT402B AM302A TT403A
Course Introduction to Philosophy Independent Study (preparation) Arts, Culture & Tourism in the Caribbean Musical Theatre Improvisation (Drama or Dance)** Elective
Students with less than a B average will be required to do a minimum of 40 credits inclusive of specialization and electives.
Credits 3 -
Transfer credits will be granted for all courses or their equivalents which were done in the diploma and are in the BFA, except where the grades are below a B- in the case of Acting IIIA, Acting IIIB, Playwriting I and Introduction to West Indian Drama - which will have to be repeated.
3 3 2 2 13
TT402B GS231B GS203E AM212E
Independent Study College Math Performance Research Forum National Identity & the Arts
6 3 3 3 15
TT305B TT401B TT404A
Introduction to West Indian Drama* Acting for Screen & Television, or Internship
2 8 10
TOTAL: 38 Credits
Equivalences Code TT307B TT302B TT204B
4 YEAR BFA Introduction to Cultural Studies Theatre and Development Theatre & West Indian Society
ONE YEAR ADD ON National Identity and The Arts Arts, Culture & Tourism Recommended elective *Students who successfully completed Devising Theatre or Critiquing Performance will be exempted from this course. ** Students who did a substantial role in a major production inside or outside of the school in addition to the two productions required by the diploma will be exempt from this course. N.B. This Add-On to diplomas done prior to the revised diploma (2005/2006) will be treated individually for equivalences and additional courses to be done.
41
Studio Certificate in Theatre Arts
Certificate in Theatre Arts YEAR I Code TT101A TT102A DP106A GS104A GS115Y GS100A TH101A
SEMESTER I Course Acting 1A Voice & Speech 1A Movement I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I Personal Development College English I Western Theatre History I
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2
Code TT101B TT102B TT109B GS104B GS115Y GS100B
SEMESTER II Course Acting 1B Voice & Speech 1B Textual Studies I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture II Personal Development College English II 1 Design Course
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2
YEAR II Code TT201A TT202A TT203A TT204A TT209A GS102A
Code TT201B TT202B DP206B TT203B GS103B GS102B Key:
SEMESTER I Course Acting IIA Voice & Speech IIA Movement for Actors Stage Management 1 Design Course Textual Studies II Introduction to Spanish I Elective
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 2 2
SEMESTER II Course Acting IIB Voice & Speech IIB Movement II Production I Information Technology II* Introduction to Spanish II Elective
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 2
Minimum credits required for graduation: 60 *Prerequisite - Information Technology equivalent Required Electives - 4 credits Theory (word based) courses 15 hours. = 1 credit Studio Courses 25-30 hours = 1credit
YEAR I Code TT101A TT102A DP106A GS115Y TH101A GS100A TT103A
SEMESTER I Course Acting IA Voice & Speech IA Movement I Personal Development I Western Theatre History I College English I Introduction to Design
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2
Code TT101B TT102B TT109B GS115Y TH101B GS100B TT108B TT107B
SEMESTER II Course Acting IB Voice & Speech IB Textual Studies I Personal Development Western Theatre History II College English II Introduction to Lighting Design Introduction to Costume Design
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
YEAR II Code TT201A TT202A TT203A TT204A TT104A
SEMESTER I Course Acting IIA Voice & Speech IIA Movement for Actors Stage Management Introduction to Set Design - Elective
Credits 3 2 2 3 2
Code TT201B TT202B MU103B DP206B TT203B TT107B TT108B
SEMESTER II Course Acting IIB Voice & Speech IIB Vocal Skills Movement II Production I Introduction to Costume Design - Elective Introduction to Lighting Design
Credits 3 2 1 2 3 2 2
Key:
42
Minimum credits required for graduation: 55 Required Electives - 4 credits (Minimum) Theory (word based) courses 15 hours = 1 credit Studio Courses 25-30 hours = 1 credit
General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education BA Degree
UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree Drama (Major or Special)
The University of the West Indies, Mona, in association with the Edna Manley College offers a BA Degree with a Major or Special in any of the Visual or Performing Arts disciplines offered by the College. The degree runs for three years and students attend classes on the campuses of both institutions. Candidates must meet the academic entry requirements set by the University as well as the Edna Manley College.
Year I Code CA10F CA10G CA11F CA13A CA13B CA14A CA14B
Semesters Taught Course 3 Theatre History I 3 Theatre History II 3 Production I 3 Basic Acting Technique I 3 Basic Acting Technique II 3 Vocal Awareness and Development 3 Vocal Interpretation
Year II Code CA21F CA23A CA23B CA24A CA24B CA26A CA29A CA29B
Semesters Taught Course 3 Production II 3 Acting Styles I 3 Acting Styles II 3 Vocal Performance I 3 Vocal Performance II 3 Caribbean Laboratory 3 Writing Scenes, Skits and One-Act Plays 3 Writing the Full-Length Play
Year III Code CA31A CA33A CA33B CA33C CA33D CA33E CA33F CA34A CA37A CA37S
Semesters Taught Course 3 Production III 3 Professional Acting I 3 Professional Acting II 3 Directing from Text to Stage 3 Directing the Actor 3 Community Drama I 3 Community Drama II 3 Mime 3 Independent Study 3 Caribbean Culture & Performance
Students are required to select courses according to credit requirements laid down for the BA Degree Major or Special as set out below. To qualify for a Major the students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College: - 36 credits over three years - achieve a minimum Grade average of Bare Pass (40%-43%) To qualify for the Special, students will be required to successfully complete at Edna Manley College: - 54 credits over three years, - achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%- 43%) Strict attention must be paid to the prerequisite requirements for all courses.
43
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
School of Drama Electives (Students: Music Education and Dance Education) Codes TT101A TT102A TT103A TT104A TT105A TT106A TH101A TE103Y TT102B TT105B TT106B TT107B TT108B TT109B TT110B TH101B TT203A TT204A TE219A TT203B TT204B TT302A TT305A TT308A TT309A
Electives Acting IA Voice & Speech IA Introduction to Design Introduction to Set Design Acting for Non Majors I Voice & Speech for Non Majors I Western Theatre History I Drama in Education I Voice & Speech IB Acting for Non Majors II Voice & Speech for Non Majors II Introduction to Costume Design Introduction to Lighting Design Textual Studies I Graduation Production Western Theatre History II Movement for Actors Stage Management Theatre with Children IA Production I Introduction to Media and Representation Popular Theatre & Community Development Elements of African Theatre History and Styles Playwriting I Caribbean Culture in Performance
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS TT101A Acting IA Credits: 3 Practical This course is designed to enable liberation of the students' instrument and spontaneous expressivity through improvisation and theatre games. The course will take the students through a progressive process of exploration and discovery while building trust and group dynamics. Prerequisite: None
Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2
TT101B Acting IB Credits: 3 Practical This course develops on the work done on liberation, spontaneity and awareness in the previous semester and introduces the student to the fundamentals of approaching a character. Students are introduced to basics of transferring spontaneous impulse into a scripted role. Prerequisite: Acting IA TT102A Voice And Speech IA Credits: 2 Practical The course explores the richness of spoken language in both the dialect and standard forms without prejudice. It recognizes that students whose first language is West Indian Creole (WIC) have particular difficulty in attempting to speak effectively in Standard English (SE), because of differences between the two forms of communication. In view of the importance, however, in the West Indian situation, of being bi-lingual, the course aims to address this difficulty. Prerequisite: None TT202B Voice And Speech IB Credits: 2 Practical This course continues with the regular exercises to strengthen and enrich vocal energy connected with text work. Through practical exercises and games the student will work on developing the quality of voice production and listening skills focusing on strengthening the use of voice and language. This semester will go more deeply into the work with connected speech and will focus on practical elements in order to enhance the sense of the words. Prerequisite: TT202A Voice And Speech IA
2 3 3 3
TH101A Western Theatre History I - Survey Credits: 2 Theory In this course students will be engaged in a survey of the philosophical, historical and political developments of the evolving movements of western theatre tradition, and how these have informed the aesthetic manifestation of the play, the production and the performance. Prerequisite: None
Electives are available to all Edna Manley College students. The other courses are also available as electives, providing prerequisites are met.
TT101B Western Theatre History II (Survey) Credits: 2 Theory Through a survey of the significant philosophical, political and historical movements/developments that have influenced western theatre from the renaissance to the nineteenth century this course provides an overview of the manifestation of these essential ideas in theatrical representation. Prerequisite: TT101A Western Theatre History I
44
DP106Y Movement I (The Expressive Body) Credits: 2 While exploring the body's resources, the student can broaden the range of expression required to develop his/her craft. An exposure to principles of movement is therefore critical to deepening the communicative abilities of the drama student as performer. Prerequisite: None
students will be engaged in the transformative process of delineating character in realistic/naturalistic drama. Prerequisite: Acting IA and 1B Movement I, Voice & Speech IA and 1B GS107E Ethics, Creativity and the Self II Credits: 2 This course is a continuation of Ethics, Creativity and the Self I. Students will continue the process of self development by examining through debate, research and discussion emotional intelligence, physical and emotional health, interpersonal dynamics, sexuality and relationship in the context of community with special emphasis on citizenship.
DP206B
(Movement II) Introduction to Jamaican Folk Dance Credits: 2 Practical This course is designed to develop physical skills, versatility and aesthetic awareness through exposure to a variety of Folk forms. The student is encouraged to perform and demonstrate knowledge of both pure and stylised Folk dances which may be applied in theatre productions. Activities will include the principles and vocabulary of the Folk dance genre as applied to body awareness, and stylistic nuances, communication, musicality, performance skills and other dance elements. Prerequisite: The Expressive Body (Movement I)
TT207A Culture and Community Development Credits: 2 Theory This course will examine issues to do with the sociological development of Jamaican society, with particular focus on inner city communities. Students will engage with theories of community development and psychosocial relationships between environment, urbanization, culture, human behaviour and empowerment. The course will be the theoretical precursor for the course - “Popular Theatre and Community Development�. Prerequisite: None
TT107A Improvisation Credits: 2 Practical This course will be centred on exploring the internal resources of performance. Students explore through theatrical games how to interact with a partner and to solve alone and ingroup, different dramatic situations. They will be asked to solve on the spot and in action scenarios that convey different conflicts between: characters-space, space-objects, physical obstacles-space, objects-situations, etc. Prerequisites: None
TT309B Introduction to Performance Studies Credits: 3 Theory This course asks students to consider the diverse issues and methodological questions raised by different kinds of performances. Students will view, analyze, and write about live and documented theatrical, ritual, social, popular entertainment and sports events with the view of examining their demands on us as spectators, analysts and commentators. Central to this process will be the rethinking of cultural production from a place other than the written text and instead to develop ways of seeing the live event and its interactivity as the primary source of meaning. Prerequisite: Textual Studies II
TT109B Textual Studies I Credits: 2 Theory In this course, students will focus on how to read, comprehend and critically analyse a literary/artistic text for its aesthetic and dramatic value. Becoming familiar, understanding and using important literary terms and concepts will be part of the discipline of the analytical process being developed. Prerequisite: None
TT321A
Directing I (Directing the Actor) Credits: 4 (60 hours) Theory and Practical This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of the theatre directors' art. Students will be provided with a model for approaching textual analysis as director, as well as some basic techniques in director-actor communication. In the process of doing scene work, basic stage composition and the function of the floor plan as a creative instrument will also be dealt with. Prerequisite: Acting IIB & Textual Studies II
TT209A Textual Studies II Credits: 2 Theory This course will involve critical examination of the philosophies, movements and aesthetic principles that have characterised significant 20th Century theatre styles and how they have been realised through the idiosyncratic perspectives of some of the leading playwrights and directors of the period. Prerequisite: Textual Studies I GS106E Ethics, Creativity and Self I Credits: 2 This course seeks to facilitate the process of self development and create awareness of the synergistic relationship between the artistic process and personal development of the student. The emphasis is on holistic development incorporating ethical and moral development, the process of decision-making and choices, values clarification and identity.
TT302B Theatre and Development Credits: 3 Lecture This course is conceptualised on the basis of a perceived need for an approach that integrally involves the arts as a tool to promote social development. Theatre as an art that examines the human and social condition is aptly poised to play such a role. The course approaches this concept from an analysis of political and social structures in Jamaica and related concepts of citizenship and community development. It investigates how theatre can be used as a practical tool to empower individuals and achieve social change. The course requires the creation and conduction of a final project incorporating these concepts. Prerequisite: None
TT201A Acting II A Credits: 3 Practical In this course instrumental liberation and nurturing of spontaneity is continued, while focusing on the shift to interpretation of role. Through continued use of theatre games, improvisation and the application of the techniques of the Stanislavsky's Method,
45
techniques and editing. The course will involve work inside the studio and on location culminating with a final project in camera shoot. Prerequisite: None
TT305B Introduction to West Indian Drama Credits: 3 Theory Through the sourcing, reading and analysis of several published and unpublished West Indian plays and their related literature, this course will seek to develop an awareness of the body of work in West Indian drama - the world of plays and the playwrights as well as their thematic and dramaturgical peculiarities. While significant published plays will be read, the course is also a vehicle for acquiring unpublished texts for the College's library and that of the students. Prerequisite: Caribbean Culture in Performance
TT404A Internship Credits: 4 Theory and Practical Internship is a significant component of the BFA programme, which will involve observation and practice while being assigned to a professional private or public organization. In practice the student is expected to be engaged in theatre related activity that enhances their appreciation of the professional environment and allows for personal ethical development. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year III
TT205B Introduction to Dramaturgy Credits: 2 Theory The course consists of three components, dramaturgy and the institution, dramaturgy and the playwright and dramaturgy and the director. Since the course and function is new to Caribbean theatre, students will examine dramaturgy in different geographic locations and then compare it to this region. Prerequisite: Playwriting I
TT403A Musical Theatre Credits: 2 Practical This course will explore the techniques required for understanding and performing in musical theatre through the exploration of characters in musical theatre scenes. This will be done within the context of a survey of the history of musical theatre in the Caribbean and elsewhere, examination of song and the relationship to the singer, the demand on the musical theatre actor as well as text and verse analysis. Prerequisite: None
TT321A Directing I Credits: 4 Theory and Practical This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of the theatre directors' art. Students will be provided with a model for approaching textual analysis as director, as well as some basic techniques in director-actor communication. In the process of doing scene work, basic stage composition and the function of the floor plan as a creative instrument will also be dealt with. Prerequisite: Acting IIB & Textual Studies II
TE 103Y Drama in Education I Semester I 6 Credits This course is fundamental to the development of all students of theatre arts who may elect to teach drama in a studio, community or classroom. It is geared towards introducing students to the philosophies and practices of well-known drama advocates and a variety of strategies and how these strategies can be successfully used to enhance learning.
TT 306B Directing II Credits: 4 Theory and Practical This course is a progression of Directing I, which seeks to equip students with the fundamental skills and processes of directing a one-act play. It extends the conceptual process and introduces processes in stage composition, the director as manager, staging the play and mounting and evaluating the production. Prerequisite: Directing 1
TT107B
Introduction to Costume Design
Semester II 2 Credits This course will consider the role of the costume designer as visual communicator. It will introduce students to the general process and skills of costume design and costume construction for performance. It will examine the psychology of clothes in everyday life in relation to the character in performance. Creative processes and design concepts will develop through text analysis, character analysis and visual metaphors.
TT305A
Elements of African & Asian Theatre History & Styles Credits: 2 Theory In this course students will be exposed to research elements of African and Asian theatre from the traditional 'root forms' through to styles and practices of indigenised modern drama. This course will be project and seminar oriented using dramatic texts and audiovisual presentations. Prerequisite: None TT304B Critiquing Performance Credits: 3 Theory While being exposed to principles and approaches to critiquing performance, students will be required to attend performances and write critiques to be discussed in class as part of their coursework. Prerequisite: (Drama) TT201B (Music) None, Dance - None
TT104A Introduction to Set Design Semester I 2 Credits This course will introduce students to general skills and approaches in Set Design. They will develop creative processes and design concepts through text analysis and visual metaphors. Visual communication of concepts will be developed through visual tools of model-making, technical rendering, storyboard production and drawings. Prerequisite: None
TT405A Video Production I (Introduction) Credits: 2 Practical In this course students will be exposed to the fundamental theoretical and historical aspects of video production towards a primary focus on basic hands-on experience of the equipment, lighting techniques, composition, camera techniques, microphone
TT103A Introduction to Design Semester I 2 Credits In this course, students are introduced to the basic design elements and principles. They will develop an understanding of the essential relationship between design and composition as related to the theatre. To this end, each of the seven basic elements is
46
explored separately, then later in relation to each other. This is achieved mainly through practical exercises allowing each student to develop the skills necessary when it comes to applying initiative and creative independence in such areas as set design, costume design, props making and make-up. Prerequisite: None TT108B
TT301B Acting IIIB Semester II 3 Credits This course serves to consolidate and diversify the students’ grasp of performance technique by introducing him/her to the non-naturalistic processes of folk and political theatre in the circum-Atlantic region using the Brechtian model as a launch pad and theoretical base for an alternative method of acting. Prerequisite: TT 301A
Introduction to Lighting Design
Semester I 2 Credits This course aims to equip students with the basic skills to realize lighting equipment from cheap available materials and to provide adequate lighting for a simple dramatic production. Prerequisite: None
TT306A Directing I Semester I 4 Credits This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of the theatre directors’ art. Students will be provided with a model for approaching textual analysis as director, as well as some basic techniques in director –actor communication. In the process of doing scene work, basic stage composition and the function of the floor plan as a creative instrument will also be dealt with. Prerequisite: TT209A
TT204A Stage Management Semester I 2 Credits This course serves to familiarize students with the fundamental functions, processes and responsibilities of the stage manager from the pre-rehearsal stage to the striking of production. Prerequisite: None
TT308 A Playwriting I Semester I 3 Credits This course introduces students to the fundamentals of playwriting, and teaches the writing of skits and short plays (10 - 20 minutes long). Prerequisite: TT 209A
TT203A Movement for Actors Semester I 2 Credits This course is designed to help students to become aware of the dramatic uses of the body, and to understand the body’s limitations and possibilities. Prerequisite: None
TT308B Playwriting II Semester II 3 Credits In this course students build on the fundamentals of playwriting taught in playwriting I and learn how to write the long play (60 minutes to full length). Prerequisite: TT 308A
TT203B Production I Semester I 3 Credits Production I provides students with an opportunity to witness and participate in an organized educational theatre process, and thereby develop professional skills, both technical and performance, in the building of a production. Prerequisite: TT 101B
TE219A Theatre with Children I Semester I 1 Credit In this course, students will be trained in different theatre styles and techniques relevant to children theatre, in order to be able to conceptualize, write, direct and produce performances for and by children.
TT303B Production II Semester II 3 Credits This course offers the opportunity for students to extend their production experience through involvement in performances or technical role with different demands (genre, style production process). Prerequisite: TT203B
TT319B
Theatre with Children II Component of Practicum Semester II 5 Credits This course forms one component of the practicum. Student teachers will be required to select, produce and direct a 30-45 minute child’s play, for a child audience. They will gain practice in identifying and creating meaningful and creative theatre for children and youth 4 -18 years of age. Prerequisite: TE 219A
TT310B Production III Semester II 3 Credits This course offers students with specific talent and advanced performance strengths the opportunity to further hone their performance skills and extend the performance through the privilege of a third production experience. Prerequisite: TT303B
TE203Y
Drama in Education II Semesters I&II 2 Credits Component of Practicum This course is regarded as the major component of the education core courses for Drama Education specialist teachers. Therefore it is specifically designed to equip teachers with the knowledge, attitude and skills required to teach Drama as a subject in its own rights also to be able to use drama as a tool to teach other subjects in the curriculum. It focuses on elements of lesson planning, classroom management strategies and suggests ways in which the drama teacher can become involved in the day-to-day running of the school. Prerequisite: TE103Y
TT301A Acting IIIA Semester I 3 Credits The maturing student teacher having experienced the techniques of realism/naturalism is exposed in this course to the more demanding techniques of classic drama with specific focus on poetic work of choral ensemble. Prerequisite: TT 201B
47
T207A
Culture and Community Development Semester I 2 Credits Course Advisory: TT101B This course will examine issues to do with the sociological development of Jamaican society, with particular focus on inner city communities. Students will engage with theories of community development and the psychosocial relationships between environment, urbanization, culture, human behavior and empowerment. The course will be the theoretical precursor for the course in Community Drama, which explores practical ways of using popular theatre techniques for community intervention and the exploration of issues of development.
DR304A Devising Theatre Semester I 2 Credits This course uses as its ‘working premise’ a general theory of devising theatre through, collective creation, drawing on the methodologies and philosophies of local and international popular theatre and theatre in Education companies. Using this general eclectic theoretical base, students will be engaged in the process of researching, devising, writing and staging a performance piece that gives political credence to the notion that each individual is a thinking, creative being able to bring maximum benefits to the collective. The intention is to encourage a democratised model of perspectives and dramaturgical options that challenge the conventional model of the illustrious playwright as the voice of the people and to spotlight contemporary issues from the point of view of the student and the audience. Prerequisite: None
TT106A Voice for Non-Majors Semester I 1 Credit Through exploration of the voice and speech exercises, this course provides the participant with a fundamental grasp of how the voice may be manipulated. The ability to listen with care, think and speak with clarity as well as using the voice persuasively for motivational purposes will be the areas of focus. Prerequisite: None
TT309A
Caribbean Culture in Performance Semester I 3 Credits Course Advisory: TT201B In this course students will be exposed to and will explore a framework of cultural memories, performative languages and historical spaces that have come to define the Caribbean experience. Out of this exploration the objective is to extract forms, shapes, iconography, rhythms, use of the body, sounds/song etc. that are politically and culturally specific as theatrical vehicles that would inform a Caribbean aesthetic.
CA10F Theatre History I Semester I 3 Credits In this course students will develop an understanding of philosophical, historical and political developments of the evolving movements of western theatre tradition, and how they have informed the aesthetic manifestation of the play, the production and the performance.
TT305A
Elements of African and Asian Theatre History Semester I 2 Credits In this course students will be exposed to research elements of African and Asian theatre from the traditional ‘roots forms’ through to styles and practices of indigenized modern drama. This course will be project and seminar oriented using dramatic texts and audiovisual presentations. Prerequisite: None
CA11F Production I Semester II 3 Credits Production I provides students with an opportunity to witness and participate in an organized educational theatre process, and thereby develop professional skills, both technical and performance, in the building of a production. CA21F Production II Semester II 3 Credits This course offers the opportunity for students to extend their production experience through involvement in performances or technical role with different demands (genre, style production process).
TT302A
Popular Theatre and Community Development Semester I 2 Credits Course Advisory: Culture and Community Development – TT207A In this course, students will explore and utilize popular theatre techniques as a means of social investigation and transformation. Students will be engaged in the process of building a community animation project both in studio and in an actual community. Introduction to Media and Representation Semester I 3 Credits Course content will be covered in modules with such broad themes as Communication, Media and Society; Evolution and Development of Caribbean media; Media messages, channels and trends; Media content; Structure of media; Media Ethics and Law; and Mass media research. Specific topics to be covered include Definitions, theories and models of communication, Sociology of media, Impact of globalisation, liberalization and privatisation on Caribbean media, Signs and symbols in media, Ideology and meanings, Television and radio as mass media channels, Elements and values of news, Information, education, entertainment, and propaganda, Public relations, advertising and persuasion, Media and popular culture, Media ownership and control, Access to information, Libel, and Approaches to media research. Prerequisite: None
CA31A Production III 3 Credits This course offers students with specific talent and advanced performance strengths the opportunity to further hone their performance skills and extend the repertoire through the privilege of a third production experience.
TT205A
CA13B Basic Acting Tech II Semester II 3 Credits This course is designed to enable liberation of the students’ instrument and spontaneous expressivity through improvisation and theatre games. The course will take the students through a progressive process of exploration and discovery while building trust and group dynamics. Prerequisite: CA13A
48
CA14A
Vocal Awareness and Development Semester I 3 Credits This course is designed to develop the student’s awareness of his/her own voice potential in terms of quality and tone. It is a laboratory for exploring and freeing the natural voice through various exercises in Voice Mechanics and to develop the student’s voice for effective and varied expression.
CA24B Vocal Performance II Semester II 3 Credits In this course students will be equipped with the techniques and methods of instructing the art and science of vocal presentation. Specific attention will be paid to analysis of texts, the identification of themes and styles in texts. The participants will be guided through the process of recognizing and executing particular genres of vocal performance. The diversity of speech styles and patterns will be one of the points of emphasis. Prerequisite: CA24A
CA14B Vocal Interpretation Semester II 3 Credits This course continues with the regular exercises to strengthen and enrich vocal energy connected with text work. Through practical exercises and games the student will work on developing the quality of voice production and listening skills focusing on strengthening the use of voice and language. This semester will go more deeply into the work with connected speech and will focus on practical elements in order to enhance the sense and meaning of the words. Prerequisite: CA14A
CA26A Caribbean Laboratory Semester II 3 Credits This course explores the transference of the theatrical in traditional Caribbean cultural forms into theatre. The structural and aesthetic aspect of these forms as well as the implications for dramaturgy, staging and the actor’s instrument are explained. In recent years the focus has been on storytelling. This focus may vary depending on the resources available to the laboratory and the expertise of the lecturer/facilitator.
CA23A Acting Styles I Semester I 3 Credits In this course instrumental liberation and nurturing of spontaneity is continued, while focusing on the shift to interpretation of role. Through theatre games, improvisation and application of the techniques of the Stanislavski’s Method, students will be engaged in transformative process of delineating character in realistic/naturalistic drama. Prerequisite: CA13B
CA29A
Writing Scenes, Skits and One-Act Plays Semester I 3 Credits This course introduces students to the fundamentals of playwriting, and teaches the writing of skits and short plays (10 - 20 minutes long). CA29B Writing the Full Length Play Semester II 3 Credits In this course students build on the fundamentals of playwriting taught in playwriting I and learn how to write the long play (60 minutes to full length).
CA23B Acting Styles II Semester II 3 Credits This course develops the principles established in previous semester - The Stanislavsky Method for acting realism/naturalism along with ‘outside in’ approaches to building a character. Students will be exposed to more challenging texts from among the modern classics of the genre with an intensified focus on playing the complexity of inner action, space/environment, use of objects and aesthetic corporeal demands. Prerequisite: CA23A
CA33A Professional Acting I Semester I 3 Credits The maturing student teacher having experienced the techniques of realism/naturalism is exposed in this course to the more demanding techniques of classic drama with specific focus on poetic work of choral ensemble. Prerequisite: CA23B CA33B Professional Acting II Semester II 3 Credits This course serves to consolidate and diversify the students’ grasp of performance technique by introducing him/her to the non naturalistic processes of folk and political theatre in the circum-Atlantic region using the Brechtian model as a launch pad and theoretical base for an alternative method of acting. Prerequisite: CA23A
CA24A Vocal Performance I Semester I 3 Credits This course is designed to give student-teachers a fundamental grasp of how the human voice may be manipulated for use in performance and presentation. It advances in detail the knowledge acquired in year I and will attempt to continue the honing of skills developed in that year. The exploration of various linguistic patterns and the dynamics of language use in social, professional and creative contexts will take major focus. Additionally the student teacher will be exposed to the process of engaging and developing the voice as a communicative tool, from a personal as well as an instrumental perspective. Prerequisite: CA14B
CA33C Directing from Text to Page Semester I 3 Credits This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of the theatre directors’ art. Students will be provided with a model for approaching textual analysis as director, as well as some basic techniques in director - actor communication. In the process of doing scene work, basic stage composition and the function of the floor plan as a creative instrument will also be dealt with.
49
CA33D Directing the Actor Semester II 3 Credits This course is a progression of Directing I, which seeks to equip the students with the fundamental skills and processes of directing a one-act play. It extends the conceptual process, stage composition, and the director as manager, staging the play working from a floor plan and mounting and evaluating the production. Prerequisite: CA33C
FACULTY Full-Time Eugene Williams Director Master of Fine Arts (MFA) in Directing - Brooklyn College, City University of New York; Master of Arts (MA) in Performance Studies - New York University; Diploma in Theatre Arts and Drama in Education - Edna Manley College. Mr. Williams is a recipient of a Silver Musgrave Medal for his outstanding work in Drama Education. He is also a Fullbright and Ford Foundation Scholar. He has twenty-seven years experience as a theatre director, teacher, designer and administrator. Mr. Williams has made a significant contribution to cultural development through theatre and related arts education, in the Caribbean.
CA33E Community Drama I Semester I 3 Credits Community Drama sets out to investigate social problems that deform and dislocate communities, and through use of theatre skills explore and highlight for the community possible solutions. The aim of the course is to equip students with skills for community investigation and animation. CA33F Community Drama II Semester II 3 Credits Not only does it serve as a catalyst for action, but community drama also contributes to the values underlying communication and illuminates understanding of the human experience. This course will impart to the student knowledge of development theory and popular theatre/animation skills that will make them more marketable and equip them with the tools to make tangible contributions to community development and national growth. The course includes work in the field.
Cecele Dixon-Mattis Acting Assistant Director of School Graduate of the University of Central England, with a Postgraduate Diploma in Drama and a MA in Drama in Education. She also holds a Bachelor in Education with Upper Second Class Honours from the University of the West Indies (Mona), a Diploma in Drama in Education (Honours) from Edna Manley College as well as a Teacher's Diploma from Shortwood Teachers' College. Mrs. Mattis has for seven years taught children with learning disabilities. She is also a playwright with gold medals and awards to her credit.
CA37A Independent Study Semester I 3 Credits This study should be a research paper on the student’s area of specialisation (3,000 4,000) words if the study has a large practical component and (4,000-5,000) words in the case of entirely written study.
William Lampert Senior Lecturer: Acting IIIA & B, Directing I & II Actor, Playwright, Director and Graduate of Berlin University, William Lampert was the Artistic Director of the Jewish Theatre in Germany (1986-1996). He has directed a number of plays all over Western Europe. In 1983, he received the Art Award for Best theatre Production of the Year in Germany. He has undertaken research on ‘body language as a means of creation on stage.’
CA 37 S Performance in Caribbean Culture Semester I 3 Credits Course Advisory: TT201B In this course students will be exposed to and will explore a framework of cultural memories, performative languages and historical spaces that have come to define the Caribbean experience. Out of this exploration the objective is to extract forms, shapes, iconography, rhythms, use of the body, sounds/song etc. that are politically and culturally specific as theatrical vehicles that would inform a Caribbean aesthetic.
Pierre Lemaire Lecturer: Acting IA & B, Movement for Actors A graduate of the Université de Paris 10 Nanterre with a B.A. Degree, Pierre majored in theatre from 1972-1976. He did acting and movement under the tutoring of Colin Harris and directing under tutoring of J.P. Sarrazac. Apart from being a director and actor Mr. Lemaire is well known for his excellent work across schools and teachers’ colleges in Theatre in Education. He is also an expert mime. Elizabeth Montoya-Stemann Lecturer: Voice & Speech IA & B and Acting IIA & B Mrs. Montoya-Stemann has been teaching theatre for ten years. She is a graduate of the Teatro Libre of Bogota in Columbia with a Postgraduate Diploma in Voice and Speech Studies from Central School of Speech and Drama in London. She has acted and directed several productions in Columbia, Europe and Jamaica.
50
Imani Tafari-Ama, PhD Lecturer: Culture and Community Development Development Consultant and Author of Blood, Bullets and Bodies: Sexual Politics below Jamaica Poverty Line. Graduated from the Institute of Social Studies, Hague The Netherlands (PhD - Philosophy). Dr. Tafari-Ama has taught at the University of West Indies, Shortwood Teachers College and is an Academic Director offering extensive consultancies in "focus on gender and development and urban poverty violence issues."
Ronald Steger Senior Lecturer: Intro to Costume Design, Introduction to Set Design, Stage Management Graduate of the University of Florida, Gainesville Florida and the University of Missouri, Columbia with an MFA and a BS respectively. Mr. Steger was a Scenic Designer Instructor and professor of Scenic Design at the University of Wyoming. He has also been involved in numerous exhibitions and performances such as: 'The Nutcracker', Springfield Ballet, 'Springfield MO', 'Much to do About Nothing' UW. In 2003 he was the designer for 'No Exit' and 'A Carol for Moneybags' at the Edna Manley College.
George Carter Lecturer: Introduction to Lighting Design Electro-Metallurgist, Theatre Consultant, retired General Manager Little Theatre Movement (Jamaica), Technical Director National Dance Company, Tutor in Stage Craft Extra Mural Department U.W.I 1959-60. National (Jamaica) Award: Order of Distinction - 1977.
Part-Time Kenny Salmon Lecturer: Popular Theatre & Community Development Master of Fine Arts in Theatre Arts from Kiev State Institute of Theatre Arts, Russia. He has been employed at the School of Drama as Senior Lecturer in Directing, and Co-ordinator of Speech and Drama, J.C.D.C. He is currently Drama Teacher at Excelsior Community College. Michael Reckord Lecturer: Playwriting I Michael Reckord B.A., B.J. (Carlton University, Ottawa) is a writer and educator. The winner of several national awards for short stories, poetry and plays, he also writes reviews for ‘The Daily Gleaner’ on movies, plays and dance. He teaches playwriting at the School of Drama and Public Relations and Creative Writing at the U.W.I. School of Continuing Studies. Robert Clarke Lecturer: Voice and Speech II A graduate of the Edna Manley College - School of Drama, Actor, Lecturer of Voice and Speech and Director of several LTM Pantomimes. He is also a Jamaica Cultural Development Commission (JCDC) Speech adjudicator. Mr. Clarke has worked extensively in broadcasting as Radio Announcer. Rishille Bellamy-Pelicie Lecturer: Acting I A & B Actress, lecturer, vocal and performance coach. A graduate of the Edna Manley College (Dip. Drama in Ed.) and State University of New York Brockport (BS in Theatre- Hons.) A three time nominee for the Actor Boy Award. Rishille has performed both locally and internationally with Jamaica Musical Theatre Company, Little People, Ashe Ensemble and Derek Walcott's Writers' showcase in St. Lucia. She has been a drama teacher and presently conducts workshops and seminars throughout the island for participants in the JCDC Arts festivals and competitions.
51
3. Students should change for classes in dressing rooms only, but may take clothing and valuables into studios for safekeeping. Large rings, earrings, long chains and watches must be removed before class. 4. Dance gear must not be worn outside the studio; i.e. students must be appropriately attired to enter offices or other public spaces. 5. For ballet classes, female students are to wear a pair of pink/flesh coloured tights, a black sleeveless leotard and a pair of pink ballet slippers. In addition, where possible, the hair is to be worn in a bun and wrapped in a pink ribbon. The males are to wear a pair of black tights with a close fitting white merino/ black leotard and white socks with black ballet slippers.
School of Dance GENERAL INFORMATION The School educates performers and teachers in a wide variety of techniques against the background of a Jamaican and Caribbean Folk context. Programmes offered include: Bachelor of Fine Arts - Performance & Choreography - Four (4) years Diploma - Dance in Education - Three (3) years Diploma - Dance Theatre and Production - Three (3) years Certificate - Dance Theatre and Production - Two (2) years Studio Certificate - Dance Technique - Two (2) years UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree - Dance - Three (3) years
Lecture Room/Studio Etiquette 1. It is expected that all dance students will demonstrate excellent lecture room etiquette, showing respect for themselves, their peers, lecturers and the art form of Dance. This means no performing routines halfway across the floor, leaning on the barre, shouting or unnecessary chatting in the lecture room/studio, playing the music at a high volume or disrupting of classes. For such offences students may be asked to leave the lecture room/studio. 2. Chewing gum or eating food in dance classes is strictly prohibited. 3. Cell phones must be turned off during class session. 4. Students who arrive more than fifteen (15) minutes late for practical classes will have to sit and journal the class unless given permission by the lecturer to join the session.
Other programmes offered include: Preliminary Qualifying Programme: A programme which facilitates incoming students who are not yet at the dance competency level required for matriculation. During this year, students may also attain any outstanding academic requirements. Recreational Dance: Ongoing leisure classes in Traditional, Contemporary, Popular and Fusion of forms, for younger and older adults. In-service courses for teachers through day-release Educational Upgrading Programme.
Productions and Performances No student will represent the School of Dance without the permission of the Administration. Dances to be performed should be submitted to and viewed by the Director or designate for prior approval.
Junior Department: Classes for children between ages three (3) and eighteen (18) years. Students are encouraged to perform in the end of year studio concert and mini-concerts staged during the academic year.
Additional Credit Hours Students may earn credit hours for involvement in internal productions. Forty-five (45) credit hours may be earned for internal productions. Credits may also be earned for participation in external productions. External productions may be undertaken only with the approval of the Director or designate, and should not interfere with a student’s work schedule.
The Junior Department serves as both feeder to and laboratory for the tertiary department. Policies and Procedures: Dress Code 1. Students should always be well attired for class: the ladies in (regulation) leotard and tights, the gentlemen in leotard, tights and dance belt. A white T-shirt tucked in for neatness may be worn in place of the leotard for males. Brightly coloured, patterned dance gear or large, baggy T-shirts/pants are not to be worn to any technique class.
DANCEWORKS DANCEWORKS, the performing corps of the School of Dance, is compulsory for all full-time students (Certificate and Diploma). For public performances, however, DANCEWORKS will consist of only the most skilled dancers from any programme or level. DANCEWORKS is a demonstration of competent and talented performers who strive for artistic excellence. Its programme serves to hone the skills of current students, preparing them for the discipline of Dance Theatre. Through participation in DANCEWORKS students will be exposed to diverse experiences in all aspects of
2 All students must own a set of black leotards and a pair of long, footless black tights. Female students must also own a wide white skirt – no shorter than calf-length – wide floral skirt of the same length and a calf-length sarong/wrap for Folk class. Male students must also own a white Bongo-style pants for Folk class.
52
Outside Performances/Teaching Commitments Under advisement and with prior permission full-time students who are already members of a performing or other extra-curricular organization must significantly reduce their involvement to a minimum during Year I. (It is strongly recommended that Year I students who are members of another organization take leave of absence during their first year of studies). In the event of an outside production, first-year students must seek the Director’s permission, in writing, before such performances are scheduled to happen.
dance theatre and production. Members of DANCEWORKS are reminded that School productions assume priority at all times. N.B.: Students who are provided with scholarships from other dance companies must advise their sponsors of the obligation to the School. Conflicts with scheduling must be discussed with the Director of the School of Dance well in advance of any production. OFF CAMPUS Concerts/Productions Students are encouraged to attend Dance Performances and other Arts-related events as often as possible. This is to assist in developing a wide awareness of, and appreciation for, a variety of artistic experiences. Where possible, an effort will be made to acquire complimentary tickets for dance performances put on by local major companies.
Office Matters The Office is out of bounds to students who want to gather and chat. No student is allowed to use the phones or any other equipment in the office without permission. Students’ completed assignments should be placed in the mailboxes provided for each lecturer in the Main Office.
Costumes Students performing in School Productions/Performances will be provided with costumes by the relevant Choreographer/Lecturer. Students are not allowed to remove costumes from the costume room without the approval of the designated lecturer and only with the knowledge of the Costume Room Assistant. Where possible, students must budget for and find their own costuming for assessment productions. However, there are a number of costumes available on loan. These may be borrowed only after discussion with the Production Supervisor and with the knowledge of the Costume Room Assistant who will sign out the costumes selected. Costumes must be returned in good condition promptly at the end of the final presentation. Failure to return costumes will result in grades being withheld until they are replaced.
Assignments All assignments must be handed in on time. Late assignments will incur a 10% penalty for each day the assignment is late except in the cases where the lecturer grants an extension. READ YOUR COURSE OUTLINES CAREFULLY FOR DUE DATES AND DEADLINES. All assignments must be properly presented, dated, titled and correctly referenced. This is a tertiary institution and your assignments must reflect this level of scholarship. Injury Prevention The instructors of practical dance courses are interested in teaching students how to use their bodies intelligently, and, to gradually and safely improve their dancing abilities. There are many precautions taken by dancers to prevent or minimize injury. Most importantly, adequate warm-up exercises must be undertaken BEFORE doing studio work, rehearsal or performance. Proper diet and adequate sleep also keep students alert and enable them to deal with the physical and emotional demands of being a Dancer. If a student feels that something is not right, or there is pain or discomfort, it is wise to consult a Doctor or Physiotherapist for advice and treatment. Students with injuries must bring a letter from the Physiotherapist/Nurse explaining their circumstances to avoid being deemed unexcused. Students who are not immobilized by their injuries must report to class and journal its content through observation. ‘Word of mouth’ is unacceptable and the student will be regarded as absent without a medical certificate. Students failing to take examinations due to an injury will be given a supplemental to complete their final grade (Please refer to College Policy). Major injuries resulting in a student’s absence from 50% of his/her classes may result in the student repeating the course.
Performance Requirements, Dance Theatre Diploma and Certificate Students Students in the Dance Theatre and Production Programmes must perform in all Studio Concerts and major productions organized by the School. Diploma in Education students may perform in studio concerts and may audition for major productions. In addition, Dance Theatre students are required to fulfil performance requirements as stated in the programme of studies. Full-time students in the first and second year are required to make themselves available for Final Year composition productions. Rehearsals are a very important part of the training of students in the Dance Theatre Programme. Students are expected to be available for rehearsals outside of class time. A student may not miss a scheduled academic or practical class in order to attend rehearsals. ARTICULATION FROM ONE PROGRAMME TO ANOTHER: Students are assessed after completing the below listed scheduled programme for Year I and II. Students who have completed the upgrading requirements and passed the Certificate Programme with a minimum of a “B” average, and desire to continue their studies, may matriculate to Year III of the Diploma Programme.
NB: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE STUDENT TO MAINTAIN HIS OR HER LEVEL OF TRAINING DURING ANY HOLIDAY PERIOD.
53
DD230A LA241GE GS001A DE201A
School of Dance Preliminary Qualifying Programme Structure No credits offered towards matriculation YEAR I Code DQ001A DQ002A DQ005A DQ006A DQ008A DQ009A Code DQ001B DQ002 DQ005B DQ006B DQ007B DQ008B DQ009B
SEMESTER I Course Fundamentals of Modern Technique Basic Ballet Technique Introduction to Drumming & Chanting Dance Forum Body Conditioning Introduction to Folk Technique SEMESTER II Course Fundamentals of Modern Technique Basic Ballet Technique Introduction to Drumming & Chanting Dance Forum Pilates Body Conditioning Introduction to Folk Technique
Codes DP201B DP202B GS231B GS103B GS102B DD241B DD211A YEAR III Codes DP301A DP311A DP212A DP211B DH101B
Bachelor of Fine Arts - Performance & Choreography One Hundred & Twenty (120) credit hours minimum (114 compulsory credit hours + 6 elective credits) YEAR I Codes DP101A DP102A DP109A GS106E GS104A GS100A DP103A
Codes DP101B DP102B DP109B GS107E GS104B GS100B DE107B
SEMESTER I Course Modern Technique I Ballet Technique I Carib. Trad. & Folk Tech & Theory I Ethics, Creativity and Self I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I College English I Improvisation I *Elective SEMESTER II Course Modern Technique II Ballet Technique II Carib. Trad. & Folk Tech. & Theory II Ethics, Creativity and Self II Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics II College English II Movement Theory and Analysis I
YEAR II Codes DP201A DP202A DP104A
SEMESTER I Course Modern Technique III Ballet Technique III Kinesiology
Codes DP301B GS107 DP212B DH201B GS203E
Credits 3 1 3 2 2 2 2
YEAR IV Codes DP401A DD403 DD405
Credits 3 1 3 2 2 2 3 Credits 3 1 3
Codes DP401B DD402 DD404
54
Dance Performance Techniques *Introduction to Spanish I Introduction to Philosophy Methods for Teaching Studio Dance SEMESTER II Course Modern Technique IV Ballet Technique IV College Mathematics **Information Technology II Introduction to Spanish II Introduction to Movement and Body Therapies Performance and Repertory I
2 2 3 3 Credits 3 1 3 2 2 2 3
SEMESTER I Course Modern Technique V Jazz Technique I Dance Composition I Performance and Repertory II Dance History I Elective
Credits 3 2 3 3 3
SEMESTER II Course Modern Technique VI Sex, Gender and Caribbean Culture Dance Composition II Dance History II Performance Research Forum Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER I Course Modern Technique VII Musical Theatre Internship Elective
Credits 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Modern Technique VIII Danceworks Independent Study in Performance/Choreography
Credits 3 3 6
*Students with passes in Spanish at CXC level or above may write for exemption from Introduction to Spanish I (GS102A). **Students with passes in Information Technology at the CXC level or above may write for exemption from Information Technology I (GS103A). - The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 6 credits of electives. - Students are strongly encouraged to select elective courses from the School of Drama and/or Music, especially those related to theatre production.
Diploma - Dance Theatre & Production Codes DP209B
Ninety credit hours YEAR I Codes DP109A DP101A DP102A DP104A GS104A GS100A GS001A DP103A
Codes DP109B DP101B DP102B DE107B GS104B GS100B GS001B DP108B
YEAR II Codes DP209A DP201A DP202A DP211A DP212A GS102A GS103A GS201A GS206E
SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory I Modern Technique I Ballet Technique I Kinesiology Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I College English I Personal Development Improvisation *Elective SEMESTER II Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory II Modern Technique II Ballet Technique II Movement Theory & Analysis I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture II College English II Personal Development Introduction to Dance Injury and Prevention *Elective SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory III Modern Technique III Ballet Technique III Performance & Repertory I Dance Composition I Introduction to Spanish I Information Technology I Introduction to Psychology* Introduction to Philosophy*
DP201B DP202B DP205B DH101B GS103B GS102B
Credits 3 3 1 3 2 2 2
YEAR III Codes DP309A DP301A DE201A DP315A
Credits 3 3 1 3 2 2 -
Codes DP211B DP313B TT304B GS203E
2
SEMESTER II Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory IV Modern Technique IV Ballet Technique IV Drumming & Chanting Dance History I Information Technology II Introduction to Spanish II *Elective SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory V Modern Technique V** Methods for Teaching Studio Dance Theatre Arts Management *Electives SEMESTER II Course Performance & Repertory II*** Groundings Folk Repertory Ensemble II Critiquing Performance Performance Research Forum
Credits 3 3 1 2 3 2 2
Credits 3 3 3 2
Credits 2 2 3 3
*Electives * Year 1 students must choose either Introduction to Philosophy or Introduction to Psychology **Year 2 students must choose either Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory V OR Modern Technique V *** Year 3 students must choose either Performance & Repertory II OR Groundings Folk Repertory Ensemble II The minimum elective requirement for this program is 9 credits of electives See Elective List for available electives
Credits 3 3 1 2 3 2 3 3
55
Certificate - Dance Theatre & Production
Studio Certificate in Dance
Sixty credit hours
Sixty credit hours
YEAR I Codes DP109A DP101A DP102A GS104A GS100A GS001A DP103A
Codes DP109B DP101B DP102B DE107B GS001B DP108B
YEAR II Codes DP209A DP201A DP202A DP211A DP212A GS102A GS103A DE201A
SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory I Modern Technique I Ballet Technique I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I College English I Personal Development Improvisation *Elective SEMESTER II Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory II Modern Technique II Ballet Technique II Movement Theory & Analysis I Personal Development Introduction to Dance Injury and Prevention *Elective SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory III Modern Technique III Ballet Technique III Performance & Repertory I Dance Composition I Introduction to Spanish I Information Technology I Methods for Teaching Studio Dance
YEAR I Codes DP109A
Credits 3 3 1 2 2 2
DP101A DP102A GS104A GS100A GS001Y DP103A
Codes DP109B
Credits 3 3 1 3 -
DP101B DP102B DP107B GS001B DP108B
2
Credits
YEAR II Codes DP209A
3 3 1 2 3 2 3
DP201A DP202A DP211A DP212A GS103A DE201A
SEMESTER II Codes Course Credits DP209B Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory IV 3 DP201B Modern Technique IV 3 DP202B Ballet Technique IV 1 DP205B Drumming & Chanting 2 GS203E Performance Research Forum 3 GS103B Information Technology II 2 *Elective - The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 4 credits of electives. - See Elective List for available electives.
Codes DP209B DP201B DP202B DP205B DP211B
56
SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory I Modern Technique I Ballet Technique I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I College English I Personal Development Improvisation *Elective SEMESTER II Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory II Modern Technique II Ballet Technique II Movement Theory & Analysis I Personal Development Introduction to Dance Injury and Prevention *Elective SEMESTER I Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory III Modern Technique III Ballet Technique III Performance & Repertory I Dance Composition I Information Technology I Methods for Teaching Studio Dance *Elective SEMESTER II Course Caribbean Traditional & Folk Technique & Theory IV Modern Technique IV Ballet Technique IV Drumming & Chanting Performance & Repertory II *Elective
Credits 3 3 1 2 2 2
Credits 3 3 1 3 2
Credits 3 3 1 2 3 3
Credits 3 3 1 2 2
- The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 9 credits of electives. - See Elective List for available electives.
JBTE Diploma - Dance in Education Codes DP201B DE209B DE207B ED342GE ED246GE LA241GE LR211SE GS002B ED245GE
One Hundred & Six credit hours YEAR I Codes DP104A DE109A DP101A GS104A LA141GE GS001A ED140GE
Codes DH101B DP101B DE109B DE107B DP108B ED141GE GS104B LA141GE GS001B
YEAR II Codes DP201A DE209A DP212A DE207A LA241GE GS002A ED245GE ED242GE DP223A ED246GE
SEMESTER I Course Kinesiology Jamaican & Caribbean Folk Forms I Modern Technique I Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I College English I (Yearlong) Personal Development The Emergent Teacher *Elective
Credits 3 2 3 2 2
SEMESTER II Course Dance History I Modern Technique II Jamaican & Caribbean Folk Forms II Movement Theory & Analysis I Introduction to Dance Injury & Prevention Teacher, School & Society Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture II College English I Personal Development *Elective
Credits 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 4 -
SEMESTER I Course Modern Technique III Jamaican & Caribbean Folk Forms III Dance Composition I Methods for Teaching Dance I College English II (Yearlong) Personal Development Understanding the Learner (Yearlong) Technology in Education I Caribbean Traditional Dance & Culture I Principles of Teaching & Learning (Yearlong)
YEAR III Codes DP301A DE309A ED341GE LA341GE GS003A
Codes TE341B DE332B
Credits 3 2 3 2 3 3
SEMESTER II Course Modern Technique IV Jamaican & Caribbean Folk Forms IV Methods for Teaching Dance II Technology in Education II Principles of Teaching & Learning College English II Reading in the Content Area Personal Development Understanding the Learner *Elective
Credits 3 2 2 3 4 4 3 4
SEMESTER I Course Modern Technique V Jamaican & Caribbean Folk Forms V Assessment in Classroom College English III Personal Development *Elective
Credits 3 2 3 2 -
SEMESTER II Course Teaching Practice Methods for Teaching Dance III *Elective
Credits 9 1
- The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 12 credits of electives - *See Elective List for available electives
-
57
General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education Degree - Dance Major The University of the West Indies, Mona, in association with the Edna Manley College offers a BA Degree with a Major or Special in any of the Visual or Performing Arts disciplines offered by the College. The degree runs for three years and students attend classes on the campuses of both institutions. Candidates must meet the academic entry requirements set by the University as well as the Edna Manley College. Students are required to select courses according to credit requirements laid down for the BA Degree Major or Special as set out below. To qualify for a Major the students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College: - 36 credits over three years - achieve a minimum grade average of bare pass (40%-43%) To qualify for the Special, students will be required to successfully complete at Edna Manley College: - 54 credits over three years, - achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%- 43%) Strict attention must be paid to the prerequisite requirements for all courses. UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree - Dance Major Special - Eighteen (18) credits per year; Major - Twelve (12) credits per year CODES
YEAR I SEMESTER I
Credits
Prerequisite
DE100 DE12A DE14A
**Dance Technique I Kinesiology Improvisation
3 3 6
None None None
CODES DE100 DE12B DE11B
YEAR I SEMESTER II Dance Technique I Injury Prevention & Treatment Introduction to Movement
Credits 6 3 3 12
Prerequisite None None DE14A, DE12A
CODES DE200 DE24A DE21A
YEAR II SEMESTER I **Dance Technique II Dance Composition I Theatre Craft I
Credits 3 3 6
Prerequisite DE100 DE14A, DE11B None
CODES DE200 DE20B DE24B
YEAR II SEMESTER II Dance Technique II Dance History I Dance Composition II
Credits 6 3 3 12
Prerequisite DE100 None DE24A
CODES DE300 DE310
Credits -
Prerequisite DE200
DE38A DE35A
YEAR III SEMESTER I **Dance Technique III Caribbean Traditional Dance & Culture Dance Pedagogy *Repertory & Performance I
3 3
DE30A
Dance Management
3 9
None DE11B DE100, DE200 DE14A None
CODES DE300 DE310
YEAR III SEMESTER II Dance Technique III Caribbean Traditional Dance & Culture *Repertory & Performance II Theatre Craft II Dance Pedagogy Practicum
Credits 6
Prerequisite DE200
6 3 3 3 21
None DE35A None DE38A
DE35B DE31B DE38B
KEY: A- Semester I course; B- Semester II course; O- Yearlong course 1- Level 1 course; 2- Level 2 course; 3- Level 3 course ** Core courses *DE35A requires students to audition for the course or be recommended by the lecturer. See Elective List for available electives.
58
School of Dance Electives CODES DP102A DP102B DP106A DP103A TT110B MU103A DP205B DP212B DP211A DP211B DP202A DP202B DP302A DP302B DP301B
Electives Ballet Technique I Ballet Technique II Introduction to Dance* Improvisation Graduation Production Vocal Skills Drumming & Chanting Dance Composition II** Performance & Repertory I Performance & Repertory II** Ballet Technique III Ballet Technique IV** Ballet Technique V** Ballet Technique VI** Modern Technique VI**
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Credits 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 3
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Performance and Choreography DP102A Ballet Technique I 1 semester - 1 credit This course is designed to give the beginning student an introduction to the fundamental principles, poses and protocols of classical ballet. Emphasis is placed on attaining correct basic placement and upon understanding the principle of turn-out, weight distribution, stance, “pull-up” and the classical positions of the feet, arms, hands and body. DP102B Ballet Technique II 1 semester - 1 credit This course continues the beginning student’s introduction to the fundamental principles, poses and protocols of classical ballet. Once again, emphasis is placed upon attaining correct basic placement and understanding the principles of turnout, weight distribution, stance, pull-up and the classical positions of the feet, arms, hands and body. DP202A Ballet Technique III 1 semester - 1 credit This course is designed to strengthen technical skills at an intermediate level through developing sound ballet technique. It builds on the foundation of Ballet technique I and II with increased vocabulary and added emphasis on artistic presentation and performance.
All DE course codes refer to the Dance Education programme while DP codes refer to the Theatre & Production programme of study. *Introduction to Dance (DP106A) is available only to non-dance students. Other courses may be available to non-dance majors for elective credit hours, upon advisement from the Director of Dance or designate. **Students must either audition or be recommended by the dance lecturer for these elective courses. - Electives may be taken from departments within the other Performing and Visual Arts Schools upon advisement.
DP202B Ballet Technique IV 1 semester - 1 credit This course continues to strengthen technical skill at an intermediate level through developing sound ballet technique. It builds on the foundation of Ballet Technique III with increased vocabulary and added emphasis on artistic presentation and performance. DP101A Modern Technique I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed to provide the beginning student with knowledge and practical training in the area of Modern Dance and will cover the basic framework of skills essential to the effective performance of the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes comprise floorwork, barre, centrework and progressions, which develop the technical and performance skills of the dance student. DP101B Modern Technique II 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed to continue the beginning student’s knowledge and practical training in the area of Modern Dance through coverage of the basic framework of skills essential to the effective performance of the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes comprise floorwork, barre, centre work and progressions, which develop the technical and performance skills of the dance student. The student will be particularly exposed to the tenets of the specific techniques and styles.
59
DP109A
Caribbean Traditional Folk Technique and Theory I 1 semester - 3 credits This is an introductory course in Jamaican and Caribbean Traditional Folk Forms with an emphasis on dance art and cultural relevance. It is geared at equipping students with knowledge of Traditional / Folk dance and culture, and the technical foundation for the safe and efficient execution of Caribbean traditional folk movements.
DP201A Modern Technique III 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed to build upon the Level Two student’s basic knowledge and practical training in the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes comprise floorwork, barre, centrework and progressions, which develop the technical and performance skills of the dance student. DP201B Modern Technique IV 1 semester - 3 credits This course continues to build upon the Level Two student’s basic knowledge and practical training in the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes continue to comprise floorwork, barre, centrework and progressions, which develop the technical and performance skills of the dance student.
DP109B
Caribbean Traditional Folk Technique and Theory II 1 semester - 3 credits This course further develops comprehensive practical experience in Jamaican Traditional Forms and introduces Caribbean forms that closely relate technically. It is taught at a high beginner level through an in-depth study of dances in the Caribbean Festival Arts / Masquerade Complex. Caribbean masquerades are recorded as the earliest forms of dance theatre in the region thus providing a discussion on traditional dance as a form of theatre expression - looking at both contemporary/popular and traditional masquerade forms. The course is studio based with a theory component that encourages the understanding of the principles of movement of traditional folk dances of the Caribbean, where elements from various cultural traditions persist (especially in the traditionally inclusive Festival of Arts), but with an Africanist dominated physicality.
DP301A Modern Technique V 1 semester - 3 credits This course builds upon the Level Three student’s practical knowledge and training in the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes comprise floorwork, centre work and progressions, and focus on the student’s application of technical skills to performance, communication and expression. Students will be exposed to tenets of “other” techniques. DP301B Modern Technique VI 1 semester - 3 credits This course continues to build upon the Level Three student’s practical knowledge and training in the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes continue to comprise floorwork, barre, centrework and progressions, and focus on the student’s application of technical skills to performance, communication and expression. Students will be exposed to tenets of “other” techniques and styles.
DD230A Dance Performance Techniques 1 semester - 2 credits An intimate knowledge of the performing self is essential to every dancer who aspires to not only perform, but to also transform. This course begins the Dance student’s journey towards this vital inner awareness, with a view to nurturing individual habits of focus, mindfulness and presence in the Dance space. Through writing and practical studio-based classes, students will spend time exploring and becoming comfortable with their performing selves while critically observing and considering the more physical performance skills introduced.
DP401A Modern Technique VII 1 semester - 3 credits This course represents the culmination of the Level Four student’s Modern Dance training and is built upon her/his senior knowledge and practical training in Modern Dance movements, aesthetics, dynamics, relationships to space and time concepts. Classes may comprise of floorwork, barre, centrework or progressions, and focus on the student’s application of technical skills to performance, communication and expression.
DD402 Danceworks Repertory Ensemble I 1 semester - 2 credits This course continues the dance student’s systematic study of the craft of performance. Through games, practical exercises and the study of selected dance repertory for performance, the student at this level will explore and apply personal, preparatory and stage skills essential to the professional dancer’s art. DP103A Improvisation I 1 semester - 2 credits This course is designed to give the student the experience of self-discovery and selfexpression through movement exploration, movement interaction within small and large groups as well as the opportunity to put movement together creatively, generally spontaneously, impulsively, unplanned in response to an external or internal stimulus. The dancer is encouraged to break through stylistic barriers and movement so as to expand his or her expressive range and to experiment with new and exciting approaches to communicating ideas through movement.
DP401B Modern Technique VIII 1 semester - 3 credits This course represents the culmination of the Level Four student’s Modern Dance training and is built upon her/his knowledge and practical training in Modern Dance movements, aesthetics, dynamics, relationships to space and time concepts. Classes may comprise of combinations of floorwork, barre, centrework and progressions, and focus on the student’s application of technical skills to performance, communication and expression of personal style within the context of Modern Dance.
60
laws of movement are related to other subject matter, namely Dance Technique classes. It also provides students with a chance to develop the ability to analyze movement successfully and efficiently with the goal of safely extending the body’s capacity for performance and injury reduction.
DP311A Jazz Technique I 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces principles and skills fundamental to beginning jazz dance technique with an emphasis on alignment, basic turns, jumps, isolations, flexibility, musicality and jazz combinations. The course provides students the opportunity to develop both a cognitive and kinaesthetic understanding of the jazz idiom.
DD200
Introduction to Dance Injury, Prevention and Care 1 semester - 3 credits Physical activity educators/trainers/kinesiologists and performers are constantly working with the body, which is liable to receive injuries so they need to understand the interrelationship between dance science and dance medicine in order to diagnose, protect and rehabilitate the health status of individuals in their care. They also need to enhance knowledge of Kinesiology and heighten interest in the dancing body and the special demands of the dance discipline on the body and its health to increase longevity. Increased awareness of other common factors include nutritional, psychological and environmental concepts in relation to dance injuries and their implications for improved health, physical fitness, attitudes and quality of performance. Various methods of conditioning techniques will be introduced as corrective measures including weight and resistance training, conditioning for strength, endurance, flexibility, strategies aiding to overcome unsafe habits, motor imagery, etc.
DP211A Performance and Repertory I 1 semester - 3 credits This course furthers the systematic study of the craft of performance continued in Dance Performance Techniques and asks students to become more conscious of those with whom their performance space is shared. Through practical exercises, discussions and the study of selected dance repertory, students continue to investigate practical ways in which small group and ensemble synergy can be strengthened and supported, while still exploring their personal contributions to the stage. They are further guided towards techniques for coping in the professional dance context through examination of various performance situations. DP211B Performance and Repertory II 1 semester - 3 credits This course builds upon the foundations laid in Performance and Repertory I and asks students to become ever more conscious of those with whom their performance space is shared (other dancers and audience) while learning to balance their own stage personalities with the needs of the group. Through practical exercises, discussions and the study of selected dance repertory, students continue to investigate practical ways in which small group and ensemble synergy can be strengthened and supported, while still exploring their personal contributions to the stage. In addition, the students will focus more keenly on the communication of emotional depth and clarity and on the particular application of personal, preparatory and stage skills to the art of solo and duet dance performance. Sensitivity to the relationship between performer and audience will also be garnered, so that the students’ communicative aptitudes are further strengthened.
DP212A Dance Composition I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed to introduce the principles of form and structure that inform all artistic/aesthetic development. Students will participate in lectures and practical activities, observe and evaluate their work and that of their peers, and view the works of local and international choreographers, in order to gain knowledge of and insights into the composition process. DP212B Dance Composition II 1 semester - 3 credits An examination and evaluation of the creative process through exploration of movement improvisation skills and a study of the form and structure related to composition. Various approaches to choreography will be introduced through lectures, video and performance viewing, discussion, critique and practical work. Students will choreograph solo and group dances for presentation and assessment. Students will also acquire and apply movement analysis.
DE107B Movement Theory & Analysis I 1 semester - 3 credits Movement Theory & Analysis provides students with a vocabulary for describing and analyzing human movement and opportunities for developing and refining their skills of observation and articulation. Emphasis is also placed on creative movement development using the theories and principles set out by Rudolf Laban. The methodology provides links between Improvisation skills, the Science of Movement, the abstract elements of dance and the intellectual properties inherent in structured movement - the cognitive and affective as well as the psychomotor – thus allowing students to make important connections that will help them to be better performers, teachers and choreographers.
DD241B
Introduction to Movement and Body Therapies 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces dance students to the knowledge and skills necessary to use dance as a means of accomplishing therapeutic goals. It incorporates through creative explorations technique, theory, improvisation, somatic derived approaches and other interdisciplinary modes that harness the power of movement as a visual communication form to further the physical, emotional, cognitive and social skills of the individual and ultimately personal growth, health and well-being. Movement and Body Therapies is rooted in the interconnection of the body-mind-spirit. It focuses on improving self esteem, body image, effecting body language as expression of verbal concepts and creating new options for coping with life’s challenges.
DP104A Kinesiology 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed as a source for basic understanding of motor skills in relation to and the nature of human movement, the dance experience and general processes of the human body machine. It explores Kinesiology principles - anatomical, physiological, biomechanical (form, function, mechanic) - affording students the opportunity to understand Kinesiology concepts and human motion that shows how
61
DH101B Dance History I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed to provide the student of dance with an understanding of the history of dance from the Stone Age to the 19th century. It allows students to place historical events in a logical order, which will assist them to better understand how dance has evolved from its early beginnings. Students will also examine dance across eras and cultures the influence of dance discoveries within various cultures.
GS001A Introduction to Philosophy 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces beginners to three definitions of philosophy, and to examples of these definitions in practice. It covers issues in logic, aesthetics, metaphysics, epistemology, ethics and Caribbean philosophy. Designed for students of the arts, the emphasis is on the critical analysis of life issues from the perspective of the aspiring artist. The main aim is to get students to see philosophy as a transformative practice in society.
DH201B Dance History II 1 semester - 3 credits This course will allow students to review certain historical events in dance from the end of the 19th century to present. Students will record the works and contributions of dance artists within the Caribbean and the World. The course will also provide a medium through which Caribbean students of dance can examine and analyze events in Caribbean dance through critical thinking processes, thus providing the students with adequate historical dance knowledge and an informed outlook on the evolution of dance.
GS107 Caribbean Culture 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims to familiarise students in the field of Gender Studies and across a range of disciplines. Students will encounter a number of different ways in which sex, gender and sexuality have been, and can be understood within the different cultures, especially the Caribbean culture. Masculinities and femininities and the ways in which these interact with other markers of difference such as ‘race’, ‘class’, ‘ethnicity’ and ‘nationality’ will be central themes in this course. Culture, in this context, refers to the inherited ideas,beliefs, values and knowledge about gender that constitutes and contributes to the shared bases of social action and activities of Caribbean peoples.
DD404
Independent Study in Performance/Choreography 2 semesters - 6 credits In the final year, all BFA Performance and Choreography students are required to complete an independent study project of their choice, which is a combination of a practical project (solo or small group dance performance project/ solo or small group choreography project/ multi media, physical theatre project/ performance art, live installation type project) related to her/ his major and a research paper out of which the project evolved and which also reflects, evaluates and documents the process. The project should be based on Themes, Style, Content and Location, chosen by the student and must reflect individual thinking and creative treatment required of professional artists.
GS231B College Mathematics 1 semester - 3 credits This course will expose students to set theory, fundamental concepts of algebra, relations functions and graphs, equations and inequalities and matrices and system of linear equations. DD403 Musical Theatre 1 semester - 2 credits This course will explore the techniques required for understanding and performing in musical theatre through the exploration of characters in musical theatre scenes. This will be done within the context of a survey of the history of musical theatre in the Caribbean and elsewhere, examination to the singer, demand on the musical theatre actor as well as text and verse analysis.
TT405A Internship 1 semester - 4 credits Internship is a significant component of the BFA programme, which will involve observation and practice while being assigned to a professional private or public organization. GS203E Performance Research Forum 1 semester - 3 credits The various methods used in collecting data - the quantitative and the qualitative as well as different sampling methods such as random sampling are the key elements to defining the validity and characteristics of effective research and analysis, which the course will aim to articulate. As these methods are taught and explored students will seek to critically analyze and utilize primary and secondary sources in their own research to bring depth, authoritative support and validity to their own research. DE201A Methods for Teaching Studio Dance 1 semester - 3 credits Methods for Teaching Studio Dance is a theoretical and practical course that provides students with a historical survey of the role of dance in a general education environment in Jamaica. The course also focuses on current philosophies and strategies for teaching dance in the formal setting of a studio. Students will identify and explore basic concepts of teaching and apply these principles to the development of lesson plans for studio dance class.
62
Other Course Descriptions
Students are also introduced to the philosophy and aesthetics of dance. Dance History II surveys dance from the pre-romantic era to the present; special emphasis is placed on the study of local dance personalities and, traditional retentions, which exist in Jamaica and the Caribbean.
Dance Technique - offered each semester: Modern Dance 3 credits Jamaican & Caribbean Folk Forms 3 credits Ballet 1 credit These forms introduce the student to the practice and vocabulary of Modern Dance, Jamaican and Caribbean Folk Forms and Ballet technique at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels. Folk Technique provides the student with comprehensive practical experience in Jamaican Folk Techniques, as well as Caribbean commonalities and core types that form the foundation of our system of training. Performing skills are taught through repertory, partnering and the development of aesthetic awareness. Emphasis is placed on an understanding of body alignment, musicality, phrasing and specific vocabulary related to each form. Students are introduced to the language of dance terminology and are challenged to creatively apply technique learnt through practical class assignments. Jazz and other dance forms may be offered as an alternative to classical ballet after the first year.
DP223A
Caribbean Traditional Dance & Culture I & II 3 credits each This course offers an exciting in-depth study of traditional dance forms of the Caribbean. These range from the African derived dances such as Shango, Kumina and Vodun, European retentions such as Quadrille, Maypole and the blend or crossfertilization of these as seen in Bele, Bruckins and Reggae. The course also looks at traditional forms from various Caribbean islands including the Wake and Jonkunoo of Jamaica, the Bongo of Trinidad and the Big Drum of Carriacou. Also included is a study of the religions of West Africa, from which the majority of Caribbean people are originated and which forms the basis of much of Traditional Caribbean Dance & Culture. TE314B Teaching Practice/Practicum Years 2 & 3 - 6/9 credits This is the practice of theories learnt in Dance Pedagogy. Students will develop their own movement activities and technique vocabulary for teaching creative (informal) dance in combination. Students on Teaching Practice are given internal supervision on a continuous basis. At the end of the year the student is examined:
DP104A Kinesiology 1 semester - 3 credits This course is intended to explore the basic principles of Anatomy, Physiology and Biomechanics - form, function and mechanics of the body. Students learn how the three combine to produce human movement. Exercise metabolism and practical application of Kinesiological principles (movement theory) are highlighted showing how laws of movement are related to Ballet, Modern and Caribbean Traditional Dance Techniques.
a. Internally by a panel consisting of supervisor (60% grading) and selected lecturers (40% grading) who award a final grade. b. Externally by a panel of examiners comprising Dance specialists and educators who observe the student in the studio and award a grade. This grade is used as a moderator for the Final Grade presented by the school. The student may also be required to do a viva voce. Prerequisite: Methods of Teaching Dance I & II
DP108B Dance Injury & Prevention 1 semester - 3 credits This course reviews the basic elements of injury prevention in terms of training, class participation and attire, and the physical environment. Students will be exposed to emergency treatment of injuries, and techniques of the management of simple injuries as well as basic massage. Prerequisite: Kinesiology DP103A Improvisation 1 semester - 2 credits Creative approaches to communication: A lecture/studio course, which provides experience in improvisational techniques from both a theatre and a dance/movement perspective. Skills in problem solving and creativity are developed along with spontaneous action/reaction activities structured to enhance memory, observation, coordination, self-expression and communication.
DP212A & 212B Dance Composition I 1 semester - 3 credits This is an examination and evaluation of the creative process through exploration of movement improvisation skills and a study of the form and structure related to composition. Various approaches to choreography will be introduced through lectures, video and performance viewing, discussion,critique and practical work. Students will choreograph solo and group dances for presentation and assessment. Students will also acquire and apply movement analysis. Prerequisite: Improvisation
DH101B, DH201B Dance History I, II 1 semester - 3 credits each This is the study of the interaction between dance and the society in which it develops emphasizing the changing role and nature of dance. Dance History I deals with dance from its prehistoric forms and a worldview of historical perspective.
DP315A Theatre Arts Management 1 semester - 2 credits This course focuses on the principles of management related to the operation of theatre. Such topics as budgeting, budgetary control, planning, marketing and promotion are explored in great depth. Students are given hands-on experiences in the various specialized areas related to the development of administration skills.
63
DP211A & 211B
Performance and Repertory I, II 1 semester each - 2 credits each It is the professional dancer’s task to achieve balance between sound physical technique and textured presentation and communication of the Dance. This course is primarily designed to teach techniques of dance performance so as to expand students’ known performance ranges. It also seeks to give students exposure to a choreographers’ methods of constructing a work and so, each semester, students will get opportunities to apply their new performance knowledge to selected dance works created on them by faculty and guest choreographers or taken from the repertoire of such major Caribbean dance companies as The National Dance Theatre Company of Jamaica, L’Acadco and Barbados Dance Theatre Company. Other local dance companies may also be invited to teach outstanding works from their repertoire. Students may also learn works from videotaped performances of international companies. DP205B Drumming and Chanting 1 semester - 2 credits This course will provide hands-on experience in the techniques applied to the use of the drum as a percussive instrument. Along with basic rhythmic structure, students will be introduced to Jamaican traditional folk rhythms such as Kumina, Mento, Dinki-Mini, Revival and Yanvalou. DE207A Methods for Teaching Dance I 1 semester - 2 credits Methods for Teaching Dance I is a theoretical course that provides students with a historical survey of the role of dance in education in general and in Jamaica in particular; the course also focuses on current philosophies and strategies for teaching dance. Students will identify and explore basic concepts of teaching and apply these principles to the development of lesson plans for educational (classroom and studio) dance for practice. DE207B Methods for Teaching Dance II 1 semester - 2 credits Methods for Teaching Dance II, is a theory and practical course, which continues the processes that students experienced in Methods for Teaching Dance I, that is, history, philosophies, and methods for teaching dance. Issues reflecting contemporary education will also be discussed for example, dance and gender. Students will identify and explore concepts of teaching and learning and apply these principles to the development of curricula for educational (classroom and studio) dance. Students will also have three weeks of full-time practice in a formal K – 12 educational institutions. DE332B
Methods for Teaching Dance III (Lecture Demonstration) 1 semester - 1 credit This is a seminar-type course where students work with a faculty advisor to develop a theory for practical demonstration. A Lecture Demonstration can take many forms under the Educational Dance umbrella. Whatever choice is made, there are some basic analytical categories that must be employed using the following headings: Body Action, Space, Energy and Expression, and Relationships.
64
FACULTY
Part-Time
Full-Time
Barbara Requa, Master Teacher Diploma in Physical Education - Dartford College of Physical Education, Kent, UK Certificate in Education - London University Institute of Education, UK
Nicholeen DeGrasse Johnson Director, School of Dance LASPAU/OAS Fellowship 2002-2004, Doctoral Studies (All but Dissertation), Temple University, Philadelphia, USA Master of Art (M.A.) in Dance, SUNY Brockport, Rochester, USA Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Dance, SUNY Brockport, Rochester, USA Diploma in Dance Teacher Education, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts
Barry Moncrieffe, Master Teacher Martha Graham School of Dance, USA Diploma in Dance Performance, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts Kevin Moore Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Dance, SUNY College at Brockport, Rochester, USA Diploma in Dance Theatre and Production, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts Garth Fagan Dance Alumnus
Lisa Wilson Assistant to the Director (Acting), School of Dance Master of Education (M.Ed.) in Dance and the Creative Arts in Education, University of Exeter, Exeter, UK Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Management and Economics, The University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Dance, Wesley Institute, Sydney, Australia
Coretta Brown-Johnson PH.D. in Clinical Psychology, Walden University, Minnesota, USA Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Psychology, International University of the Caribbean, Jamaica Diploma in Dance Education, Edna Manley College
Alice Berry-Gayle Master of Art (M.A.) in Dance, SUNY College at Brockport, Rochester, USA Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Dance, SUNY College at Brockport, Rochester, USA Diploma in Dance Teacher Education, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts Arsenio Andrade Calderon Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Dance, Cuba National School of Dance, Havana, Cuba Neila Ebanks Master of Art (M.A.) in Physical Theatre, University of Surrey, Surrey, UK Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Sociology, The University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica Certificate in Dance Theatre and Production, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts Marlon Simms Master of Fine Arts (MFA) in Choreographic Theory and Practice, Southern Methodist University, Texas, USA Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Literatures in English, The University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica Diploma in Education, University of Technology, Jamaica Henry Miller, Master Drummer
65
submit a written evaluation that will be included in the student’s file. Students who fail the juried exam will be placed on probation. Students who fail two consecutive juries will be dismissed from the programme. Students are required to perform at the appropriate level of competence as established by the Music faculty, and may perform required recitals/shows only after attaining the appropriate jury levels.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC School of Music’s Philosophy - Philosophical Aim To preserve, disseminate, research and contribute to the growth and development of music in Jamaica and the region, by providing professional training to musicians.
Music Core Courses Students must earn grades of C- or better in all courses that count toward fulfillment of major/specialization requirements. Grades of D and F do not fulfill prerequisite requirements. Courses may be repeated only once. Students who fail in the second attempt to pass a course with a grade of C- or better will be dismissed from the programme.
GENERAL INFORMATION The School of Music at the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts in Jamaica, offers instruction in Jamaican and Caribbean folk music, Jamaican and World popular music, music technology, classical music of all periods, jazz and gospel music. Students enjoy a diverse array of courses within their chosen programme of study. At the same time, the School upholds the high standards necessary for its graduates to compete in the global market.
Students must attain a 2.0 minimum grade point average before being admitted to years three and four music courses. Students who do not meet academic or applied music standards will be placed on probation and may be dismissed if by the end of the following semester they do not meet these standards.
The School of Music offers a number of ensembles open to all its students, elective courses primarily for non-majors, and concentrated study in the areas of musicology, music theory, performance, music education and music technology. Students majoring in Music may earn a Baccalaureate Degree in Music Performance or Music Education.
A student will be placed on probation or dismissed by the Director when he/she does not meet the standards of the School of Music. While on probation, a student should carry a maximum of a 15-hour credit load. Students who have been dismissed may not enroll in music major courses, but may re-audition after one semester. Music Requirements In order to remain a music major, a student must be making reasonable progress toward the completion of their programme of study. Initially, this will be interpreted to mean consistent progress toward completion of the music core and compliance with all other requirements.
The programmes offered include: Bachelor of Music in Jazz and Popular Music Studies - Four (4) years Bachelor of Music in Performance - Piano - Four (4) years Bachelor of Music in Performance - Voice - Four (4) years Bachelor of Music Education - Four (4) years Diploma in Performance (Piano, Voice, Wind) - Three (3) years Diploma in Jazz and Popular Music Studies - Three (3) years Preliminary Qualifying Programme - One (1) year UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree - Music Major - Three (3) years
Lunch Hour Concert All music majors are required to perform on his/her principal instrument in a Lunch Hour Concert (MP 104) once per semester. First year students will be exempt from performing in their first semester only. The student’s attendance, stage deportment and performance will factor in the grade awarded for principal study each semester. Concert Attendance Policy All music majors are required to attend a number of professional concerts and recitals each semester in order to maintain good standing in the School. Failure to meet the requirements of this policy can result in probation and suspension. The policy is administered through Lunch Hour Concert.
The School also offers a one-year Preliminary Qualifying Programme which is designed to facilitate the technical development of the student and also gives them an opportunity to attain any outstanding academic requirement needed to enter a certificate or diploma programme.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE (BM PERFORMANCE) – PIANO AND VOICE This programme of study is designed for those who wish to pursue a career in music performance and/or private studio teaching, and will also prepare students for graduate studies in performance. Course offerings include individual lessons, chamber and large ensemble performance, literature, pedagogy of the principal instrument, music theory and musicology.
Practical Examinations Students enrolled in performance and music education programmes are required to do a performance examination (jury) on their principal instrument and second instrument at the end of each semester. The jury panel will determine the level of performance, grade the performance, and
66
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN JAZZ AND POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES – (BM JAZZ/POP) This degree is designed to train students for careers in jazz, popular or commercial music performance and/or instruction. The programme aims to develop a thorough understanding of jazz and popular music and its relationship to contemporary Jamaican and Caribbean societies. Principal Instrument, improvisation, jazz harmony and arranging, jazz and Jamaican music history, and jazz and popular ensembles are emphasized in this programme of study. The minimum number of credits required for graduation is 120 credit hours inclusive of the Colleges’ General Studies offerings.
role and critical analysis skills when interpreting music; To offer career-oriented education in Music Education through the courses taught; To provide a broad-based education in the liberal arts and professional studies by offering courses that include multi-cultural, intellectual, social issues, ethical issues and professionalism; To introduce students to the music industry by providing general learning opportunities, and other field experiences; To create an environment that stimulates creativity and promotes individual potential; To enable students to develop communication skills; To articulate the philosophy of music education to the stake-holders, including school administrators and parents; To create a positive work ethic in order to achieve the goals and objectives of a music programme; To remain current with developments in music education and teaching methodology;
In order to be considered full time, a student is required to register for a minimum of twelve (12) credits and a maximum of eighteen (18) credits. With permission from the director, students are allowed to register for credits in excess of eighteen. BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION (BME)
MATRICULATION Minimum Entry Requirements for the BM Degrees: Applicants who will have attained the age of 17 years at the time of admission will normally be eligible for entry to the degree programme.
The Bachelor of Music Education is a general music programme which has two primary areas of concentration. They are: Choral Band Instruments Jazz/Pop studies
Applicants below the Minimum Age In exceptional cases applicants below the minimum age who demonstrate a level of accomplishment in the field/discipline for which they are applying will also be considered.
This degree program prepares students for careers in music teaching at the secondary level. The philosophy of the programme is based on the principle that a person must first be a good musician in order to be a good music educator. Therefore the programme includes substantial work in music theory, aural training, musicology, instrumental/vocal studies, ensembles, and conducting, in addition to music education methods courses and teaching practicum. Students elect either an instrumental concentration or vocal concentration, or a combined program which includes a mixture of the instrumental and vocal concentrations.
For the degree programme applicants must possess: Passes in five (5) subjects at CSEC grades 1, 2, or 3 (Grade 3 starting in May 1998) or G.C.E 'O' level grades A, B or C. A pass in English Language is compulsory.
In addition to fulfilling the School of Music requirements for graduation, all music majors must complete the list of General Studies courses prescribed by the college, and all Music Education majors must also complete the list of Professional Education courses prescribed by the School of Music in collaboration with the School of Education.
Applicants must also attend an audition and other requirements as listed below. 1) Performance: - Two or Three Contrasting Pieces demonstrating the ability to perform, at an advanced level, on the applicants principal instrument - Technical Assessment (specific to your instrument) - Aural Test - Sight Reading 2) Music Theory Test 3) English Proficiency Test
The programme is comprised of a two-year associate degree (years one and two) which, on completion, articulates into the BME degree (years three and four). Programme Objectives To develop a commitment to the art of music and the teaching of the art form in the classroom; To encourage the artistic and intellectual development of students; To develop in students an understanding of music as an art form; To train teachers who cultivate both artistic and cultural awareness in students; To develop teachers who inspire and involve students in music making To acquire conducting and rehearsal techniques in order to develop a leadership
Before admission students must comply with the general entrance requirements for application requested by the College. Application for admission must be submitted on the official Edna Manley College application form. No offer shall be made without an interview of the prospective student.
67
Jazz Majors whose primary instrument is voice, electric guitar or electric bass may elect to take the following: a 45-minute lesson in jazz/pop voice/guitar/bass in each semester a 30-minute lesson in classical voice/guitar/bass in each semester
Admission 1. Having completed the application process successful applicants will be advised in writing. 2. An applicant who has not received the official offer of a place from the Registry may not be admitted to, or enrolled in a programme and/or course. 3. The right of admission shall rest solely with those to whom it is appointed by the College Board. Their decision shall be final and their deliberations shall be confidential.
In years three and four, the jazz/pop students are required to take a 60-minute lesson on their principal instrument only. Jazz/Pop Majors must take a jazz/pop jury in each semester and a classical jury during the second semester only, and are expected to attain the required jury level in each area prior to giving their Final Show/Recital.
Registration Prior to registration students will receive a Student Handbook listing courses, credits, course descriptions and other information which will aid students in registering for courses. Copies of the Student Handbook will also be available in the Registry. Students will be informed of dates for the following: Orientation for new students Registration for new and overseas students Registration for returning students
Lunch Hour Concert All music majors are required to perform on his/her principal instrument in a Lunch Hour Concert once per semester. First year students will be exempt from performing in their first semester only. The student's attendance, stage deportment and performance will factor in the grade awarded for principal study each semester. Concert Attendance Policy All music majors are required to attend a number of professional concerts and recitals (minimum of one per semester) in order to maintain good standing in the School.
Registration forms must be accurately completed and signed by the Director of the School. Faculty will be available to advise students during registration week. Music Requirements To remain a Music Major, a student must be making reasonable progress toward the completion of their programme of study. Initially, this will be interpreted to mean consistent progress toward completion of the music core courses and compliance with all other requirements as set out below.
Recitals Performance Majors must satisfactorily complete a short recital (30 - 40 minutes) in the third year (semester 6) and a full recital in the final year (semester eight). The final recital, 50 minutes of music, must include at least 40 minutes of solo performance. All recitals must show a range of performance pieces demonstrating a variety of historical styles, technical competence and strong musicianship.
Each student enrolled in the Bachelor of Music (BM), Diploma or Certificate programme must take the following courses during the first two years: Listening and Appraising Survey of Jamaican Folk Music History of Jamaican Music Survey of Western Music OR Western Music I Music Theory I and Music Theory II Music Theory III & IV OR Jazz Theory I & II Aural and Sight Singing I - IV
Recital/Final Show Jazz and Popular Music Majors must satisfactorily complete a short solo recital (30 - 40 minutes) in the third year (semester 6) and a final show/recital (50 minutes) in the final year (semester 8). The third-year recital should consist of 20 minutes of jazz/pop and classical solo repertoire and the final show/recital should consist of a wide variety of repertoire. Refer to the Principal Instrument curricula for the full requirements and assessment rubric.
Principal Instrument Studies All Music Majors are required to take a 60-minute lesson each week on their principal instrument for a minimum of four years. However, in the first two years of study, students in the Jazz and Popular Music programme should divide their 12 credit hours of principal instrumental studies between classical studies and jazz studies in brass, woodwinds, guitar, piano, bass, or percussion, by taking the following: a 45-minute lesson in jazz/pop studies in each semester a 30-minute lesson in classical studies in each semester
Jazz and Popular Music Majors must also take a jazz/pop jury each semester and a classical jury during the second semester of their first two years only. Classical studies are not required beyond semester four for Jazz/Pop Majors however they are expected to pass the required levels in both the jazz and classical juries prior to giving their recital/show. The third-year recital should consist of 25 minutes of jazz and/or classical repertoire and the final show/recital should consist of 50 minutes of music. Jazz and Popular music students should demonstrate their ability to improvise, compose and/or arrange, and the repertoire should be chosen under the guidance of their jazz/pop instructor. The student will be graded on their technical competence, musicianship and general stage deportment.
68
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE In order for a student to qualify for the BM award of the College, students must fulfill the following requirements: 1. Satisfactory attendance and performance throughout their programme (See regulations on absence). 2. Attainment of the specified number of credits. 3. Successful completion of all compulsory courses. 4. A continuous course of study, unless special exemption was obtained from the Academic Board or unless the course regulations deem otherwise. 5. Be in good financial standing. No reports or transcripts will be issued to a student who is not in good standing financially with the College. 6. Students having outstanding academic requirements at the end of the final year will be given a maximum of five years within which to successfully complete all such requirements to receive certification. 7. The date of award of the Degree shall be that laid down in the course regulations. An alphabetical list of the students who have satisfied the examiners shall be published on/or before that date.
NOTE: In order to pass the principal or secondary instrument in any semester, a pass in the juried examination is compulsory. An examination grade of "D" or "F" cannot be redeemed by a passing coursework grade. Students who pass their coursework in their principal instrument but who fail the juried exam will be placed on probation. Students who fail two consecutive juries will be suspended from the programme. UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE IN A COURSE Each course lecturer is required to do mid-semester evaluations of students and inform them individually of their status academically, in terms of attendance, preparations as well as academic and performance. This evaluation is then forwarded in writing to the Director of the School on the designated form at least six weeks before the final assessment. Should any student's status be of grave concern the Director will provide the student with additional advisement in advance of the final assessment of the respective course. DIPLOMA IN PERFORMANCE (DIP) The Diploma in Performance offers students a variety of concentrations and programmes may be done in the following areas: Piano Voice Instrumental Studies
ASSESSMENT Assessment of Lecture Courses - Word Based (Theoretical) Lecture courses are assessed through written assignments, in-course examinations or presentations. Coursework is allotted 60% of the total grade and the final examination 40%. (See curriculum for details for each course and its assessment rubric)
DIPLOMA IN PERFORMANCE (DIP) - Vocal/ Instrumental Studies This programme of study is designed for those who wish to pursue a career in music performance and/or private studio teaching, and will also prepare students for further studies in performance. Course offerings include individual lessons, chamber and large ensemble performance, music literature, pedagogy of the principal instrument, music theory and musicology.
Assessment of Practical Courses Practical courses are assessed through the process of performance critiques. Course work assessment includes all assessment in a course (other than formal written or juried exams) which forms part of the requirement of the programme of study. Coursework is allotted 50% of the final grade. (See curriculum for details for each course and its assessment rubric).
The minimum number of credits required for graduation is 90 credit hours inclusive of the College’s General Studies offerings.
Jury Performance majors are required to sit a practical examination (jury) on their principal and secondary instrument at the end of each semester.
All instrumental performance majors must meet the following requirements: Keyboard Skills I – IV for all non-keyboard majors. 2 credit hours in the EMC Choir, EMC Vocal Ensemble or the Vocal Skills class for non-vocal majors 4 credit hours in the EMC Choir or EMC Vocal Ensemble for Classical vocal majors 2 credits of Accompanying (MU 162) for pianists. 6 semesters of Principal Instrument lessons. Lunch Hour Concert attendance in each semester when registered for Principal Instrument lessons.
The jury panel will determine the level of performance, grade the performance, and submit a written evaluation that will be included in the student's file. Students are required to perform at the appropriate level of competence as established by the Music faculty, and may perform required recitals/shows only after attaining the appropriate jury levels. Master class / Performance Lab This is a compulsory class in which students develop performance technique and critical thinking. Students will have the opportunity to perform and critique themselves and each other in a large group setting. The class is conducted by a lecturer from the department who assists students to develop musicianship, technique, interpretive skills and overall stage presentation.
69
Diction for Singers (MU 228) is compulsory for all voice majors. Voice majors must meet a minimum proficiency in a foreign language by exam or through completion of the second semester of the basic language course offered by the College.
Recitals Performance majors must satisfactorily complete a recital in the final year (semester 6). The final recital, 30 – 35 minutes of music, must include at least 25 minutes of solo performance. All recitals must show a range of performance pieces demonstrating a variety of historical styles, technical competence and strong musicianship.
Jazz concentration majors whose primary instrument is voice, electric guitar or electric bass may elect to take the following in the first two years only: a 45-minute lesson in jazz/pop guitar/bass in each semester a 30-minute lesson in classical guitar/bass in each semester Criteria for Assessment of Juries In all performance examinations (jury), the appropriate performance practice should be adhered to (dress code, memorization, etc.). The students’ final grade will consist of 50% jury grade and 50% studio grade. However, a student must pass the jury in order to pass the course.
DIPLOMA IN – JAZZ AND POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES This diploma is designed to train students for careers in jazz, popular or commercial music performance and/or instruction. This programme will also prepare students for further studies in performance and literature. The programme aims to develop a thorough understanding of jazz and popular music and its relationship to contemporary Jamaican and Caribbean society. Principal Instrument, improvisation, jazz harmony and arranging, jazz and Jamaican music history, and jazz/pop ensembles are emphasized in this programme of study.
PRELIMINARY QUALIFYING PROGRAMME The Preliminary Qualifying Programme is designed to upgrade the instrumental skills and theoretical knowledge of students who display musical talent but have not met the entry requirements for their programme of choice. During this year students must attain the requisite entry level for admission to their preferred area of study. Repeating this year is not an option.
The minimum number of credits (inclusive of the College’s General Studies menu) required for graduation is 90 credit hours.
Matriculation Requirement: Preliminary Qualifying Programme Students in the jazz concentration should divide their 24 credit hours of principal instrumental studies between classical studies and jazz studies in brass, woodwinds, voice, guitar, piano, bass, or percussion, by taking the following in the first two years only: a 45-minute lesson in jazz/pop studies in each semester a 30-minute lesson in classical studies in each semester
In order to matriculate into a full-time programme: 1. All prospective students must meet the minimum requirement of desired programme 2. A student must pass all courses in the programme 3. An audition is required 4. The PQ year cannot be repeated. However this does not exclude students from re-applying for entry to a full-time programme at a later date.
In the third year, students are only required to take a one-hour lesson in jazz/pop. Jury Jazz/pop students must take a jazz/pop and classical performance examination (jury) in each semester of their first two years only. They are expected to pass the required levels in both the jazz and classical juries prior to giving their final recital/show.
PROGRAMME ARTICULATION The Certificate in Performance can articulate into the Diploma in Performance or Diploma in Music Education. Exemptions will be given to all common courses previously completed. In order to articulate: 1. All prospective students must meet the minimum requirement of their desired programme 2. A student must have passed all courses in the previous programme 3. An audition is required. 4. The Final Show/Recital can be used as the audition for the diploma programme.
Final Show/Recital Students in the jazz/pop programme must satisfactorily complete a final show/recital in the third year (semester 6). The third-year recital should consist of 30 – 35 minutes of music and should consist of a variety of repertoire. Jazz and Popular music students should demonstrate their ability to improvise, compose and/or arrange, and the repertoire should be chosen under the guidance of their jazz/pop instructor. The student will be graded on their technical competence, musicianship and general stage deportment and presentation. The final show/recital, which should be 30 - 35 minutes of music, must include at least 20 minutes of solo repertoire and can be performed at any point in the final semester.
70
Bachelor of Music in Jazz & Popular Music Studies YEAR I Code MP100A MT111A MU110A MU107 MU102A MU106A MU120 MU103A GS100A GS106E GS103X
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument I Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Keyboard Skills I Pop Ensemble I Choir Vocal Skills College English I Ethics, Creativity and Self I Information Technology II
Credits 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
Code MP100B MT111B MU110B MH101 MU102B MU106B MU120 MU103B GS100B GS107E
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaica Folk Music Keyboard Skills II Pop Ensemble II Choir Vocal Skills College English II Ethics, Creativity and Self II
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 2
YEAR II Code MP200A MT212A MU210A MH102 MU202A MU213A GS102A GS201A
Code MP200B MT212B MU210A MU210B MH103 MU202B MU213B GS102B
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument III Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaican Popular Music Keyboard Skills III Jazz Improvisation I Introduction to Spanish Psychology Philosophy SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Jazz Theory II Aural and Sight Singing III Aural and Sight Singing IV Survey of Western Music Keyboard Skills IV Jazz Improvisation II Introduction to Spanish
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Harmony and Arranging I Music of the Americas I Jazz & Pop Ensemble I Music Technology 1 Jazz Pedagogy Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I
Credits 3 2 2 1 3 2 2
Code MP300A MT312B MU305 MU306B MU308 GS104B
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VI Harmony and Arranging II Music of the Americas I Jazz & Pop Ensemble II Music Technology 1I Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I
Credits 3 2 2 1 3 2
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument VII Jazz & Pop Ensemble III Jazz Improvisation III Song Writing *Elective College Mathematics
Credits 3 1 1 2 2 3
YEAR IV Code MP400A MU406A MU313A MU407A GS231B Code MP400B MU406B MU313B MU309
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 *3 *3 Credits 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 2
YEAR III Code MP300A MT312A MU304 MU306A MU307 MU320A GS104A
MP303
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VIII Jazz & Pop Ensemble IV Jazz Improvisation IV Music Business *Elective Recital
Credits 3 1 1 2 4 0 2
*Electives Students are encouraged to take electives in intra-Disciplinary (courses in music outside of their specialization) and cross-disciplinary courses (courses in drama, dance, visual arts or education). Please note electives maybe completed in any year. Ensemble Students are required to take a prescribed number of credits in the ensembles. The ensembles offered are: Vocal, Woodwind, Brass, Steel Pan, and Drumming.
71
Bachelor of Music in Performance - Piano YEAR I Code MP100A MT111A MU110A MU107 MU102A MU120 MU103A GS100A GS106E
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument 1 Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Keyboard Skills I Choir Vocal Skills I College English I Ethics, Creativity and Self I
Credits 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
Code MP100B MT111B MU110B MU101 MU102B MU103B MU103B GS100B GS107E GS103X
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Keyboard Skills II Choir Vocal Skills II College English II Ethic, Creativity and Self II Information Technology II
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
YEAR II Code MP200A MT211A MU210A MU102 MU126 GS102A GS104A
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument II1 Music Theory III Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaica Popular Music Accompanying Introduction to Spanish I Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 2 2
Code MP200B MT211B MU210B MH201 MU126 GS102B GS104B
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Music Theory IV Aural and Sight Singing IV Western Music I Accompanying Introduction to Spanish Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 2 2
YEAR III Code MP300A MT311A MT313 MH303 MU230 GS231B
Code MP300B MT311B MU314 MU240 YEAR IV Code MP400A MT413A MU434 MU307 GS203E Code MP400B MU309
72
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Form and Analysis I Arranging & Composing I Western Music II Repertoire and Literature (Piano) College Mathematics Ensemble
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 3 1
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Form and Analysis II Ensemble Piano Pedagogy Conducting I *Elective
Credits 3 2 1 2 1 4
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument VI1 Arranging and Composing II Pedagogy Practicum Music Technology I Ensemble Performance Research Forum
Credits 3 2 2 3 1 3
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VIII Music Business *Elective Ensemble Music Electives
Credits 4 2 2 1 4
Bachelor of Music in Performance - Voice YEAR I Code MP100A MT111A MU110A MU107 MU102A MU120 MU103A GS100A GS106E
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument 1 Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Keyboard Skills I Choir Vocal Skills I College English I Ethics, Creativity and Self I
Credits 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
Code MP100B MT111B MU110B MU101 MU102B MU120 MU103B GS100B GS107E GS103X
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Keyboard Skills II Choir Vocal Skills II College English II Ethics, Creativity and Self II Information Technology II
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
YEAR II Code MP200A MT211A MU210A MU102 MU202A MU120 GS102A GS104A
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument II1 Music Theory III Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaican Popular Music Keyboard Skills III Choir Introduction to Spanish I Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 2
Code MP200B MT211B MU210B MU201 MU202B MU120 GS102B GS104B
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Music Theory IV Aural and Sight Singing IV Western Music I Keyboard Skills IV Choir Introduction to Spanish II Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics II
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 2
YEAR III Code MP300A MT311A MU110A MH202 GS231B MU228
Code MP300B MT311B MU240 MU328 YEAR IV Code MP400A MU315 GS203E MU307
Code MP400B MT111B
73
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Form and Analysis I Arranging and Composing I Western Music II College Mathematics Diction for Singers I Ensemble
Credits 3 2 2 3 3 2 1
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VI Form and Analysis II *Elective Ensemble Conducting I Diction for Singers II
Credits 3 2 2 2 1 2
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument VII Pedagogy of 1st Study (Voice) Performance Research Forum Music Technology I Ensemble
Credits 3 2 3 3 1
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VIII Pedagogy Practicum Ensemble *Elective
Credits 4 2 1 4
Bachelor of Music Education YEAR 1 Code MP101A MU111A MU110A MU107 MU120 MU103A MU108A GS100A GS106E
SEMESTER 1 Course Principal Instrument I Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraisal Choir Vocal Skills I Keyboard Skills I College English I Ethics, Creativity and Self I
Credits 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
Code MP101B MU111B MU110B MH101 MU120 MU103B MU102B GS100B GS101E GS102B
SEMESTER 2 Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Choir Vocal Skills II Keyboard Skills II College English II Ethics, Creativity and Self II Information Technology II
Credits 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
YEAR 2 Code MP201A MT211A MU207 MU102 MU202A MU227 GS201A
SEMESTER 1 Course Principal Instrument III Music Theory III Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaican Popular Music Keyboard Skills III Ensemble Psychology
Credits 2 3 2 3 1 1 2
Code MP201B MT21B MU210B MH103 MU202B MU227 MU104B GS102B GS104B ME21B
SEMESTER 2 Course Principal Instrument IV Music Theory IV Aural and Sight Singing IV Survey of Western Music Keyboard Skills IV Ensemble Guitar Skills I Foreign Language (Spanish) Caribbean History, Culture and Aesthetics II Introduction to Music Education
*Students will choose the skills courses needed.
74
Credits 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 1
YEAR III Code MP300A MT311A MT313 MH202 MU316-9
Diploma in Performance - Piano YEAR I Code MP100A MT111A MU110A MU107 MU120 MU103A GS100A GS001Y
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument I Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Choir Vocal Skills College English I Personal Development
Credits 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 0
Code MP100B MT111B MU110B MH101 MU120 MU103B GS100B GS103B GS001Y
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Choir Vocal Skills College English II Information Technology II Personal Development
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 2 0
YEAR II Code MP200A MT211A MU210A MH102 MU126 GS102A GS201A
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument III Music Theory III Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaican Popular Music Accompanying Introduction to Spanish I Psychology I
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 2 2
Code MP200B MT211B MU210B MH201 MU126 GS102B MU232-5
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Music Theory IV Aural and Sight Singing IV Western Music I Accompanying Introduction to Spanish II Repertoire and Literature
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 2 2
GS104A
Code MP300B MT311B MU240 MU321 GS104B
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Form and Analysis I Arranging and Composing I Western Music II Pedagogy Ensemble/Accompanying Caribbean History, Aesthetic & Culture I Elective
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 2
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VI Form and Analysis II Conducting I Pedagogy Practicum Caribbean History, Aesthetic & Culture II Elective
Credits 3 2 1 2 2 2
Bachelor of Music in Performance - Piano (One Year Add-on) YEAR 4 Code MP400A MT414 MU407
GS231B
Code MP400B MU309 MU308 GS203 MU404
75
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument VII *Arranging and Composing II *Music Technology I Accompanying Ensemble College Mathematics/Accounts Music in Contemporary Culture Elective
Credits 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
SEMESTER 2 Course Principal Instrument VIII Music Business *Music Technology II *Accompanying Performance Research Forum *Ensemble/Chamber Music Independent Study
Credits 4 2 2 1 3 1 4
Diploma in Performance - Voice YEAR I Code MP100A MT111A MU110A MU107 MU102A MU120 GS100A GS001Y
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument I Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Keyboard Skills I Choir College English I Personal Development
Code MP100B MT111B MU110B MH101 MU102B MU120 GS100B GS001Y GS103B
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Keyboard Skills II Choir College English II Personal Development Information Technology II
YEAR II Code MP200A MT211A MU210A MH102 MU202A MU120 GS102A GS201A
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument III Music Theory III Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaican Popular Music Keyboard Skills III Choir or Ensemble Introduction to Spanish I Psychology I
Code MP200B MT211B MU210B MH201 MU202B MU120 GS102B MU232-5
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Music Theory IV Aural and Sight Singing IV Western Music I Keyboard Skills IV Choir or Ensemble Introduction to Spanish II Repertoire and Literature
YEAR III Code MP300A MT311A MT313 MH202 MU316-9 MU228 GS104A
Credits 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 0
Code MP300B MT311B MP303 MU240 MU321 GS104B
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 0 2
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Form and Analysis I Arranging and Composing I Western Music II Pedagogy Diction for Singers I Caribbean History, Aesthetic & Culture I Elective (Art/Dance/Drama)
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VI Form and Analysis II Recital Conducting I Pedagogy Practicum Caribbean History, Aesthetic & Culture II Elective (Art/Dance/Drama)
Credits 3 2 0 1 2 2 2
Bachelor of Music in Performance - Voice (One Year Add-on) YEAR 4 Code MP400A MT413A MU407 MU228
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 2
GS231E
Code MP400B MU309 MU308 GS203E
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 2
MU404
76
SEMESTER 1 Course Principal Instrument VII *Arranging and Composing II *Music Technology I Diction for Singers II Ensemble College Mathematics/Accounts Music in Contemporary Culture Elective
Credits 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 2
SEMESTER 2 Course Principal Instrument VIII Music Business *Music Technology II Performance Research Forum *Chamber Music *Ensemble Independent Study
Credits 4 2 2 3 1 1 4
Diploma in Performance - Guitar & Wind Instruments YEAR I Code MP100A MT111A MU110A MU107 MU102A MU120 GS100A GS001Y
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument I Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Keyboard Skills I Choir/Vocal Skills College English I Personal Development
Credits 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 0
Code MP100B MT111B MU110B MH101 MU102B MU120 GS100B GS001Y GS103B
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Keyboard Skills II Choir/Vocal Skills College English II Personal Development Information Technology II
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 0 2
YEAR II Code MP200A MT211A MU210A MH102 MU202A GS102A GS104A GS201A
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument III Music Theory III Aural and Sight Singing III History of Jamaican Popular Music Keyboard Skills III Introduction to Spanish I Caribbean History, Aesthetic & Culture I Psychology I
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 2
Code MP200B MT211B MU210B MH201 MU202B GS102B GS104B MU232-5
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Music Theory IV Aural and Sight Singing IV Western Music I Keyboard Skills IV Introduction to Spanish II Caribbean History, Aesthetic & Culture II Repertoire and Literature
Credits 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 2
YEAR III Code MP300A MT311A MT313 MH202 MU316-9
Code MP300B MT311B MU240 MU321
77
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Form and Analysis I Arranging and Composing I Western Music II Pedagogy Ensemble Elective (Art/Dance/Drama)
Credits 3 2 2 3 2 1 2
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VI Form and Analysis II Conducting I Pedagogy Practicum Ensemble Elective (Art/Dance/Drama)
Credit 3 2 1 2 1 2
Diploma in Jazz & Popular Music Studies YEAR I Code MP100A MU105A MT111A MU110A MU107 *MU102A MU120 MU103A GS100A GS001Y
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument I Pop Ensemble I Music Theory I Aural and Sight Singing I Listening and Appraising Keyboard Skills I Choir Vocal Skills College English I Personal Development
Credits 3 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 0
Code MP100B MU105B MT111B MU110B MH101 *MU102B MU120 MU103B GS100B GS103B GS001Y
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument II Pop Ensemble II Music Theory II Aural and Sight Singing II Survey of Jamaican Folk Music Keyboard Skills II Choir Vocal Skills College English II Information Technology II Personal Development
Credits 3 1 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 0
YEAR II Code MP200A MT212A MU210A MU213A *MU202A MH102 GS102A GS201A GS104A
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument III Jazz Theory I Aural and Sight Singing III Jazz Improvisation I Keyboard Skills III History of Jamaican Popular Music Introduction to Spanish I Psychology 1 Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture
Code MP200B MT212B MU210B MU213B *MU202B MH103 GS102B GS104B YEAR III Code MP300A MU306A MT312A MH304 MU307
Code MP300B MU306B MT312B MH305 MU308 MU309
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument IV Jazz Theory II Aural and Sight Singing IV Jazz Improvisation II Keyboard Skills IV Survey of Western Music Introduction to Spanish II Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture
Credits 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 2
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument V Jazz & Popular Ensemble I Harmony and Arranging I Music of the Americas I Music Technology I Elective (Art/Dance/Drama)
Credits 3 1 2 2 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument VI Jazz & Popular Ensemble II Harmony and Arranging II Music of the Americas II Music Technology II Music Business Elective (Art/Dance/Drama)
Credits 3 1 2 2 2 2 2
Bachelor of Music in Jazz & Popular Music Studies (One Year Add-on) YEAR IV Code MP400A MU406A MU409A MU313A MU407
Credits 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 2 2
78
GS231B
SEMESTER 1 Course Principal Instrument VII Jazz & Pop Ensemble III Music Technology III Jazz Improvisation III Song Writing Elective College Mathematics/Accounts
Credits 3 1 3 1 2 2 3
Code MP400B MU406B MU410B M413B GS203E MU404
SEMESTER 2 Course Principal Instrument VIII Jazz & Pop Ensemble IV Music Technology IV Jazz Improvisation IV Performance Research Forum Independent Study
Credits 3 1 3 1 3 4
Preliminary Qualifying Programme Code MU001A MU002A MU003A MU004A MU006A MU007A MU008A GS002Y
Code MU001B MU002B MU003B MU004B MU006B MU007B MU008B GS002Y
SEMESTER I Course Principal Instrument Music Theory Vocal Skills Aural & Sight Singing Keyboard Skills (Non-majors only) Introduction to Listening and Appraising Keyboard Sight Reading (Piano Majors only) Prerequisite English SEMESTER II Course Principal Instrument Music Theory Vocal Skills Aural & Sight Singing Keyboard Skills (Non-majors only) Introduction to Listening and Appraising Keyboard Sight Reading (Piano Majors only) Prerequisite English
General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education BA Degree Credits 2 2 1 1 1
The University of the West Indies, Mona, in association with the Edna Manley College offers a BA Degree with a Major or Special in any of the Visual or Performing Arts disciplines offered by the College. The degree runs for three years and students attend classes on the campuses of both institutions. Candidates must meet the academic entry requirements set by the University as well as the Edna Manley College.
2
Students are required to select courses according to credit requirements laid down for the BA Degree Major or Special as set out below. To qualify for a Major the students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College: - 36 credits over three years - achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%-43%)
1 2
Credits 2 2 1 1 1
To qualify for the Special, students will be required to successfully complete at Edna Manley College: - 54 credits over three years, - achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%- 43%) Strict attention must be paid to the prerequisite requirements for all courses.
2 1 2
79
UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree - Music Major
School of Music Elective Courses
Year I Code MU110 MU111 MU112 MU120
(Non-majors) Course Principal Instrumental Study Musicianship Studies I Keyboard/fretboard Harmony Introduction to Music
Credits 6 6 6 6
Year II Code MU212 MU23A MU23B MU210 MU211
Course Orchestration Ceremony and Spectacle Beethoven to the Romantics Principal Instrumental Study Musicianship Studies II
Credits 6 3 3 6 6
Year III Code MU317 MU31A MU310 MU311 MU312
Course Arranging Historical Perspectives in Jazz Principal Instrumental Study Musicianship Studies III Study of Western Classics
Credits 6 3 6 6 6
Code MP131 MP132 MU107 MU120 MU126 MU127 MU102A MU102B MU202A MU202B MU104A MU104B MU204A MU204B MU103A MU103B MU203A MU203B MU105A MU105B MU205A MU205B
The General Arts courses are taken at The University of the West Indies.
80
Course Applied Music Applied Music Listening and Appraising Choir Drum Orchestra I Drum Orchestra II Keyboard Skills I Keyboard Skills II Keyboard Skills III Keyboard Skills IV Guitar Skills I Guitar Skills II Guitar Skills III Guitar Skills IV Vocal Skills I Vocal Skills II Vocal Skills III Vocal Skills IV Recorder Skills I Recorder Skills II Recorder Skills III Recorder Skills IV
Credits 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MU110A Aural and Sight Singing I 2 credits Aural perception and sight-singing skills developed mainly through scalar and triadic patterns within tonal music utilizing mainly primary chord progressions and basic rhythmic patterns.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MP100A - 400B Principal Instrument I - VIII 3 credits per semester (Performance major) MP101A - 401B Principal Instrument I - VIII 2 credits per semester (Music Education major) Students are required to undertake intense study in voice or a main instrument on which he/she has demonstrated reasonable performing skills. The course will be tailored to the individual student's level and needs and will cover a broad repertoire relevant to the particular choice of study. A juried examination is held each semester in which students are expected to display satisfactory progress from one semester to the next; the grade given at the examination will go towards a percentage of the student's overall semester grade for the course. One hour lessons.
MU110B Aural and Sight Singing II Prerequisite: MU110A. Continuation of MU110A
2 credits
MU210A Aural and Sight Singing III 2 credits Dominant 7th patterns, larger diatonic intervals within the octave, and more difficult rhythmic patterns are the focus. Prerequisite: MU110B MU210B Aural and Sight Singing IV Modulations and chromaticism are introduced at this level. Prerequisite: MU210A
Available Options: Piano, Voice, Guitar, Woodwind, Brass, and Percussion in Traditional or Jazz/Pop concentration.
2 credits
MT11I Music Theory I 3 credits Principles of notation, scales (major and minor), keys, intervals, and triads; identification of triads and seventh chords in inversion; part-writing using root position and first inversion triads are taught mainly through music of the common practice period (1600-1900).
MP105A - 405B Second Instrument I - VIII 1 credit Students will undertake instrumental or vocal studies on a secondary instrument and on which he/she has demonstrated reasonable performing skills. The course will be tailored to the individual student's needs. An audition and recommendation by the Director or Head of Department is required. 30-minute lessons.
MT111B Music Theory II 3 credits Focus will be on the use of second inversion triads and cadences; harmonization of soprano and bass lines; phrase forms; non-chord tones (non harmony notes) and diatonic seventh chords. Prerequisite: MT111A
MP131 Applied Music 2 credits per semester (One hour lesson) MP132 Applied Music 1 credit per semester (Half hour lesson) Instrumental and Vocal lesson designed for the non-music major who has demonstrated at least an intermediate level on their instrument or voice. Basic music theory and ear training will be included in the lesson. An audition is required. May be repeated for credit.
MT211A Music Theory III 3 credits Chromatic harmony, the use of secondary dominants, secondary leading tone chords, modulations, mode mixture and the Neapolitan chord are the emphases. Prerequisite: MT111B
MP104 Lunch Hour Recital 0 credit Each student is required to perform on his/her principal instrument in a Lunch Hour Concert once per semester. The student's attendance, stage deportment and performance will factor in the grade awarded for principal study each semester.
MT211B Music Theory IV 3 credits The study of augmented sixth chords, chromatic alterations, Bach chorale harmonizations, and compositions using the simple forms of the 18th and 19th centuries, is the focus at this level. Prerequisite: MT211A
MU228 Diction for Singers I 2 credits Principles of Italian and English diction through use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and the application of these symbols to early, intermediate and advanced repertoire.
MT313 Arranging and Composing I 2 credits Study and use of fundamental arranging and composing devices and techniques for various instrumental and vocal combinations. Assignments are scored and performed. Prerequisite: MT211B
MU328 Diction for Singers II 2 credits Principles of German and French diction through use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and the application of these symbols to early, intermediate and advanced repertoire. Prerequisite: MU228
MT413 Arranging and Composing II 2 credits Study and use of advanced arranging and composing devices and techniques for various instrumental and vocal combinations. Assignments are scored and performed Prerequisite: MT313
81
MT311A Form and Analysis I 2 credits Homophonic forms and styles mainly, of the Baroque, Classical, Romantic and Contemporary periods are studied and analyzed. Prerequisite: MT211B
ME201 Introduction to Music Education 1 credit The course is designed to provide students with an introduction to the music education profession. It will introduce students to the historical, social, and philosophical foundations of music education and include a critical evaluation of contemporary trends. Students will also look at the history of Jamaican music education and curricular trends in Jamaican secondary music programmes. Topics include a broad look at different philosophies of music education, music education in Jamaica, becoming a music teacher, the tools of teaching, performing ensembles in the classroom, diverse learning styles, classroom management, technology, and career opportunities. Students will explore various aspects of the teaching profession with an emphasis on practical approaches to teaching both in the classroom and rehearsal setting.
MT311B Form and Analysis II 2 credits Larger forms mainly of the Classical and Romantic periods are studied and analyzed. Prerequisite: MT311A MT401 Orchestration 2 credits Study of the individual capabilities of standard orchestral, and other common instruments as well as writing/arranging for small ensembles. Prerequisite: MT211B
MH202 Western Music II 3 credits The major influences and styles of late Classical (Beethoven), Romantic, Impressionistic and an introduction to 20th Century Art music are studied through works by the major composers of these periods. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MH201
MU107 Listening and Appraising 2 credits Prerequisite for all History and Culture courses The development of foundational listening and appraising skills as well as the acquisition of appropriate vocabulary to describe musical features heard in different genres and styles of music are the objectives of this course. MH101 Survey of Jamaican Folk Music 3 credits The Traditional Music Folk Forms of Jamaica are investigated through lectures, demonstrations, research projects and presentations. Prerequisite: MU107
MH304 Music of the Americas I 2 credits This course gives a historical overview of the origins and evolution of the significant musical forms found in the Americas. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MU107
MH102 History of Jamaican Popular Music 3 credits The evolution of Jamaica's popular music forms and the diverse, dynamic cultures that influenced them are investigated. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MU107
MH305 Music of the Americas II 2 credits The impact and influence of African music on the contemporary music of the Americas is the main focus. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MH304
MH103 Survey of Western Music 3 credits An overview of the development of Western Art music from the Middle Ages to the 20th century through the main forms and styles of each period. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MU107
MH 301 Music in Contemporary Culture 2 credits This course covers the history of Western music from 1900 to the present. The elements of musical language and style are traced through representative composers' works. Listening, analysis, independent research, and writing are required. Prerequisite: MU107
MH204 Survey of World Music Cultures 3 credits Music of various regions of the world (mainly Africa, Asia, and the Americas) is explored with the aim of developing an understanding of the relationship between music and the culture within which it is created. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MU107
Repertoire and Literature 2 credits Mainstream literature of the principal instrument/voice being studied is explored and discussed. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Offered in the following areas:
MH201 Western Music I 3 credits The major influences and styles of the Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque and Classical music (up to Haydn and Mozart) are studied through works by the major composers of these periods. Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are required. Prerequisite: MU107
MU230 Piano MU233 Woodwind
82
MU231 Voice MU234 Brass
MU232 Guitar MU235 Percussion
Pedagogy 2 credits Methodologies and materials used for teaching instruments/voice are explored through lectures, workshops and demonstration lessons. Offered in the following areas: MU314 Piano Prerequisite: MU230
MU315 Voice Prerequisite: MU231
MU316 Guitar Prerequisite: MU232
MU317 Woodwind Prerequisite: MU233
MU318 Brass Prerequisite: MU234
MU319 Percussion Prerequisite: MU235
MP126 Accompanying 1 credit per semester A compulsory course for all piano performance majors, conducted as a workshop in which students hone skills for accompanying the voice and instruments in a range of musical styles. May be repeated for credit. MU240 Conducting I 1 credit Fundamental conducting gestures, score reading for choirs and instrumental ensembles, form the main content of this course. MU241 Conducting II 1 credit More advanced conducting skills and rehearsal techniques for more idiomatic groups are attempted. Prerequisite: MU240
MU321 Pedagogy Practicum 2 credits Individual instruction given by the student to beginning/elementary level instrumentalists/vocalists under the supervision of a faculty member, with ongoing assessment of lesson planning, teaching strategies, choice of repertoire, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite: Pedagogy of Principal Instrument
ME101 Methods and Materials I 2 credits This course introduces the student teacher to the various philosophies and approaches to Music Education generally, and, specifically at the Secondary Level. The contributions of Swanwick, Paynter, Elliott, and Gordon and their relevance to the development of music education in the Jamaican context are examined and discussed.
MU120 Choir 1 credit per semester A variety of choral arrangements, mainly for SATB voices, will be attempted each semester. May be repeated for credit. MU 126 Drum Orchestra I 1 credit per semester Foundation conga drumming techniques taught through a repertoire of rhythms arranged musically/artistically. May be repeated for credit.
ME102 Methods and Materials II 2 credits Research findings, teaching methods and assessment strategies relevant to Listening and Appraising music particularly in the Secondary classroom are the emphases. The ROSE and CXC music curricula will be the main focuses for application. Prerequisite: ME101
MU 127 Drum Orchestra II 1 credit per semester More advanced conga drumming techniques and rhythms are explored in this ensemble. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: MU 123A
ME 201 Methods and Materials III 2 credits Research findings, teaching methods and assessment strategies relevant to Composing and Arranging particularly in the Secondary classroom are the emphases. The ROSE and CXC Music curricula will be the main focuses for application. Prerequisite: ME101
MU128 Steel Pan Orchestra I 1 credit per semester Foundation steel pan playing techniques taught through a repertoire of beginning level ensemble arrangements. May be repeated for credit.
ME202 Methods and Materials IV 2 credits Research findings, teaching methods and assessment strategies relevant to Performing particularly in the Secondary classroom are the main emphases. The ROSE and CXC Music curricula will be the main focuses for application. Prerequisite: ME101
MU129 Steel Pan Orchestra II 1 credit per semester More advanced playing techniques and arrangements are explored in this ensemble. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: MU122A Ensembles of Principal Instruments 1 credit per semester Students are required to take a prescribed number of credits in the ensemble related to their principal study and area of specialization. The experience provides the opportunity for the development of musicianship skills and knowledge associated with the particular ensemble. Ensembles may be repeated for credit. Main ensembles offered are: MP121 Vocal Ensemble MP124 Woodwind Ensemble MP122 Steel Pan Ensemble MP221 Chamber Music Ensemble
MP220 Recorder Ensemble MP125 Brass Ensemble MP123 Drumming Ensemble MP222 Mixed Instrumental Ensemble
ME301 Methods and Materials V 2 credits General unit/lesson planning ideas, music classroom management as well as other matters relating to teaching practicum will be discussed. Prerequisites: ME 101, 102, 103, 104
83
Instrumental and Vocal Skills Classes 1 credit per semester Students develop secondary instrumental and vocal skills that will enable them to function in the classroom and group settings primarily as accompanists and ensemble performers. Offered in the following areas: MU102A Keyboard Skills I
MU102B Keyboard Skills II Prerequisite: MU102A
MU202A Keyboard Skills III Prerequisite: MU102B MU104A Guitar Skills I
MU202B Keyboard Skills IV Prerequisite: MU202A MU104B Guitar Skills II Prerequisite: MU104A
MU204A Guitar Skills III Prerequisite: MU104B
MU204B Guitar Skills IV Prerequisite: MU204A
MU103A Vocal Skills I
MU103B Vocal Skills II Prerequisite: MU103A
MU203A Vocal Skills III Prerequisite: MU103B
MU203B Vocal Skills IV Prerequisite: MU203A
MU105A Recorder Skills I
MU105B Recorder Skills II Prerequisite: MU105A
MU205A Recorder Skills III Prerequisite: MU105B
MU205B Recorder Skills IV Prerequisite: MU205A
MT320 Song Writing 2 credits This course teaches the principles of song writing by guiding the student through the creative process of song writing. Topics to be covered include creativity and inspiration, choosing and manipulating a subject matter, song construction (structure), writing the music, creating demos, publishing the score and marketing. Prerequisite: MT211B MU306A/B - MU406A/B Jazz & Pop Ensemble I - IV 1 credit per semester Appropriate ensemble playing, interpretation, and creative, skills developed through the use of Jazz and Pop standards. MU213A/B - MU313A/B Jazz Improvisation I - IV 1 credit per semester Instrumental workshop sessions in which the student acquires technical skills and develops the creative process necessary for improvising and constructing solos within a variety of jazz and popular idioms. MU307 Music Technology I 2 credits This course examines the science of sound production, the history, development and techniques of analog and digital recording, live audio mixing, MIDI, sequencing and the basics of record production. The first semester of the course is a basic introduction to the properties of sound, number systems and computers. The course will also introduce filters and spectrum processors like equalizers and the uses of delay; transducers- microphones and their polar patterns; MIDI, sequencing, recording considerations and synchronization; synthesizers and signal flow. There is an introduction to notation software. MU308 Music Technology II 2 credits This course takes a more in-depth look at synthesis systems, sequencing, sampling, the Digital Audio Workstation (DAW), audio editing and Digital Signal Processing (DSP) concepts. Prerequisite: MU307
MT212A Jazz Theory I 3 credits Writing, and aural recognition, of scales, triads, chords, progressions and compositional devices commonly utilized in jazz as well as notation and performance of rhythms (including Latin claves and other syncopated patterns), and analysis of jazz performances. Prerequisite: MT111B MT212B Jazz Theory II Prerequisite: MU212A
MU309 Music Business 2 credits The business and professional practices of musicians as well as artist and event production and promotion are studied.
3 credits
MT312A Harmony and Arranging I 2 credits Prerequisite: MT211B Study of the musical elements and devices commonly utilized in Jazz/Pop forms and the acquisition of skills leading to the development of a personal style in arranging for various combinations of instruments/voices. MT312B Harmony and Arranging II Prerequisite: MT312A
2 credits
84
FACULTY
Michael “Ibo” Cooper Lecturer - Piano and Jazz and Popular Music Studies MPhil. (pending) - The University of the West Indies Performing artist, songwriter and founding member of the Third World Band
Full-Time
Michael Dyke Lecturer - Music Research Unit, Music Education Musicology DJSM (Adv.) - Jamaica School of Music
Roger N. Williams – Director, School of Music Lecturer - Piano and Music Theory MM (Performance) – Butler University, BM Summa Cum Laude (Performance) – University of Southern Maine, Diploma in Music Education (Hons) – Jamaica School of Music (Edna Manley College)
Michael Harris Lecturer - Composition, Jazz Theory, Voice and Music Technology BM (Music Synthesis and Arranging) - Berkelee College of Music
Cecile Strudwick-Green Assistant Director & Head of Music Education, Theory and Research Department Lecturer - Music Education, Piano and Teaching Practicum MM (Music Education) - University of Miami, BA - Piano Performance and Theatre Arts - Catawba College, Diploma in Teaching - St. Joseph’s Teachers’ College
Teresita Iraneta Ruiz Lecturer - Piano MA (Performance) - Instituto Superio de Arte, Havana, Cuba, BA (Teaching) Havana, Cuba Lori Burnett Lecturer - Voice BM (Performance) - State University of New York, Diploma in Performance - Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts
Pauline Watson - Head of Voice Department Lecturer - Voice MFA (Singing) - Moscow Tchaikovsky Conservatoire, Certificate (Teaching) - The Mico Teachers’ College
Courtney Fadlin Lecturer - Saxophone and Wind Instruments MM (Saxophone Performance) pending - University of Massachusetts, Lowell, BM (Professional Music) - Berklee College of Music, Boston
Ann McNamee - Head of Keyboard Department Lecturer - Piano and Conducting BM (Organ Performance) - University of Ottawa, FTCL (Accompanying) - Trinity College, London
Part-Time David Aarons Lecturer - Steel Pan BA Hons. (Steel Pan) - The University of the West Indies, St. Augustine, Trinidad
Maurice E. Gordon - Head of Guitar and String Department Lecturer - Modern Guitar, Jazz and Popular Music Studies BA (Jazz Performance) - York University
Andre Adman Lecturer - Piano, Music Theory & Aural Diploma (Music Education) JBTE - Edna Manley College, Diploma ABRSM (Piano Performing) - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
Allison Wallace Lecturer - Piano, Music Theory and Aural MM (Performance) - Florida International University, BM (Performance & Music Education) - Lewis and Clark College
Phillip Andrews Lecturer - Percussion Certificate (In-Service School Music Teaching) - Edna Manley College, Diploma ABRSM (Performing) - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
Debra-Ann Davidson Lecturer - Musicology and Piano MM (Historical Performance) - Oberlin Conservatory of Music, MM (Performance) - University of North Carolina (Greensboro), BM (Performance) - University of North Carolina (Greensboro)
Peter Ashbourne Lecturer - Composition and Music Technology BM (Composition) - Berkelee College of Music, LRSM (Performance) - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
85
Angella Elliott Lecturer - Piano & Music Theory BM - Florida International University
Curtis Watson Lecturer - Voice Certificate in Teaching - Mico Teachers’ College, Certificate in Solo Singing Tchaikovsky State Conservatory, LRSM, LRAM, ARCM, FRSM - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music, FTCL - Trinity College
Albert Shaun Hird Lecturer - Flute and Band Instruments BM (Conducting), Advanced Certificate - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
Major Joseph Williams Lecturer - Woodwinds Diploma (Bandmastership) - Royal Military School of Music, Kneller Hall, ARCM – Royal College of Music, Diploma (Journalism) - Bennett College, Sheffield
Noel Dexter Lecturer - Voice BA (Economics) - University of the West Indies, Mona; ATCL - Trinity College, London
Stephanie Williams Lecturer - Music Education MA (School Music) - McGill University, Canada, Mus. Bach. (Hons.) Music Education - University of Toronto, Canada, LRSM (Piano Teaching)
June Lawson Lecturer - Voice FTCL - Trinity College, London; LRSM - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
Devon Richardson Lecturer - Drum Kit Performer
Ouida Lewis Master Drummer (hand drum/Djembe)
Derrick Stewart Lecturer - Drum Kit Performer and recording artiste
Norman McCallum Lecturer - Classical Guitar BA (Arts and General Studies) - The University of the West Indies, Mona; LLB (Hons) - University of Wolverhampton, London
Jon Williams Lecturer - Piano DipRCM (Piano) - Royal College of Music, London; ARCM (Violin Teaching); LRSM (Piano Performance) - Royol College of Music
Kieran Murray Lecturer - Bass Guitar Higher National Diploma (Modern Musicianship) - Jewel and Esk Valley College, Edinborough, Scotland; Vocational Professional Bass Player - Musicians Institute, Hollywood, California
Darren Young Lecturer: Strings and Musicology MA (pending - History & Music) - SUNY Fredonia; BMU (Performance) - SUNY Fredonia, DIP (Viola) - Edna Manley College
Rosina Moder Lecturer - Recorder MA (Hons) - (Performance), BA (Recorder Teaching), Certificate in Early Childhood Music Education - University for Music and Dramatic Arts, Graz, Austria
Jillian Castle Lecturer: Keyboard Skills MBA - University of New Orleans; BSc (Economics & Management) -The University of the West Indies; BEd (Music) - Edna Manley College; DIP (Music Ed) - Edna Manley College
Calvin Mitchell Lecturer - Drumming & Technical Theatre Diploma in Theatre Arts - Edna Manley College
Kyran Oconnor Lecturer: Classroom Instrument Ensemble, Arranging and Composition BEd (Music) - Edna Manley College; DIP (Music Ed) - Edna Manley College
Rafael Salazar Lecturer - Clarinet and Saxophone BA (Instrumental Teaching) - Conservatory Esteban Salas, Santiago de Cuba, Cuba; Advanced Certificate (Performance) - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
86
To qualify for the UWI/EMC (Major) students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College: 36 credits over three years, Achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40% - 43%)
SCHOOL OF VISUAL ARTS GENERAL INFORMATION The School of Visual Arts offers Degree, Diploma and Certificate programmes in the areas of Fine Arts and Art Education and seeks to produce individuals who will have significant impact on the cultural sphere in the area of Visual Art. Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor of Art Education Diploma - Fine & Applied Arts J.B.T.E. Diploma Certificate Programme - Fine Arts Studio Certificate - Fine Arts UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree - Visual Arts Major -
To qualify for the UWI/EMC (Special) students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College: 54 credits over three years, Achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40% - 43%)
Four (4) years Four (4) years Three (3) years Three (3) years Two (2) years One (1) year
Students are reminded to pay strict attention to prerequisite requirements for all courses. To qualify for the Diploma - Visual Arts, full-time students are required to successfully complete: A minimum of 96 credits over three (3) years, as set out. Achieve a minimum grade average of 1.7 (C-) for all courses completed in order to earn the credits.
Three (3) years
Students are required to select courses according to the credit requirement laid down for the Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Art Education, Fine Art Diploma, J.B.T.E. Diploma, Certificate and Studio Certificate programmes.
To qualify for the J.B.T.E. Diploma. - Visual Arts, full-time students are required to successfully complete: A minimum of 106 credits over three (3) years, as set out. Achieve a minimum grade average of 1.7 (C-) for all courses completed in order to earn the credits.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Upon registration a Student Information Handbook listing courses, credits and course descriptions will be issued to students. This will aid students in selecting their courses. Registration forms must be collected in the office of the Registry. Registration forms must be accurately completed and signed by the lecturer/Head of Department Department Heads and Lecturers will be available to assist and advise students during registration week.
To qualify for the Studio Certificate, students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 30 credits over one year (and 1.7 minimum grade). To qualify for the Certificate, students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits over two years (and 1.7 minimum grade).
Note UWI/EMC Students: Registration is not complete until you have registered at The University of the West Indies (UWI) and returned a copy of your UWI registration form and all other pertinent documents to the Edna Manley College Registry.
B.F.A. STUDIO MAJOR: This is your department of specialization in which a minimum of 18 credits including drawing per year MUST be taken. B.A.E. STUDIO MAJOR: This is your department of specialization in which a minimum of 12 credits including drawing in years 2 & 3 and 6 credits in Year 4 MUST be taken.
CREDIT REQUIREMENTS To qualify for the B.F.A. - Visual Arts, full-time students are required to successfully complete: A minimum of 132 credits over four (4) years, this includes a minimum of 12 credits of electives as set out. Achieve a minimum grade average of 2.0 (C) for all courses completed in order to earn the credits. To qualify for the B.A.E. – Visual Arts, full-time students will be required to successfully complete: A minimum of 140 credits over four (4) years, as set out. Achieve a minimum grade average of 2.0 (C) for all courses completed in order to earn the credits.
DIPLOMA STUDIO MAJOR: This is your department of specialization in which a minimum of 12 credits per year MUST be taken. J.B.T.E. TEACHING OPTION: This is your department of specialization in which a minimum of 12 credits including drawing MUST be taken in years 2 & 3. *JBTE DIPLOMA - ART EDUCATION Students in the JBTE Diploma programme must follow the JBTE programme requirements.
87
ELECTIVES
School of Visual Arts Programme Structure
Electives may be chosen from any department across the College within the same year level or the previous year i.e. second year students may choose a second year course from any department across the College, and third year students may select from the second year courses but not vice versa. It is advised that you discuss your choice of electives with your Department Head or Co-ordinator.
Within the School of the Visual Arts there are seven departments each specializing in a specific artistic expression. BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (B.F.A.) PROGRAMME Credit Requirements: To qualify for the B.F.A. Visual Arts, full-time students are required to successfully complete a minimum of 132 credits over four (4) years. This includes a minimum of 12 credits of electives as set out below. Electives can be taken at anytime within the duration of the programme.
NB. Some departments may also have recommended courses for electives. CHANGES IN SCHEDULE: DROP/ADD
FOUNDATION STUDIES
ADDING: Any student wishing to add or exchange courses may do so within the first three (3) weeks of the semester. Change after this time will attract a charge.
YEAR l 2D/3D Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
DROPPING: Any student wishing to withdraw from class or drop a course may do so within the first three (3) weeks of the semester. Change after this time will attract a charge. The procedure for change as related to the above is as follows: 1. Pick up Drop/Add slip in the office of the Registry. 2. Obtain signed approval of the Lecturer and/or Department Head or Co-ordinator or Faculty Advisor. 3. Return Drop/Add slip to the School of Visual Arts Office for forwarding to the Registry.
YEAR II Studio Major/Drawing Electives Art History General Studies
ABSOLUTELY NO WITHDRAWAL AFTER THE DEADLINE NOTE: DISCONTINUANCE OF ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES OR NOTIFICATION TO THE LECTURER DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL. RESPONSIBILITY FOR OFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL OR COURSE CHANGE RESTS WITH THE STUDENT. STUDENTS WHO DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE REGULATIONS WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE FAILED THE COURSE. ACADEMIC AND STUDIO COURSES SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED MAY NOT BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT.
= 12 credits/year = 6 “ “ = 4 “ “ = 8 “ “
TOTAL 30 CREDITS 9 credits per semester
= 18 credits/year
2 4
= 4 “ = 8 “
“ “
“ “
“ “
“ “
TOTAL 30 CREDITS YEAR lll Studio Major/Drawing Electives Art History General Studies
9 credits per semester
= 18 credits/year
2 4
= 4 “ = 8 “
“ “
“ “
“ “
“ “
TOTAL 30 CREDITS
Art Supply Shop There is a small art supply shop on the campus. A wide range of art materials and supplies needed by students are available from the shop. Where these are not in stock, students are advised to use commercial outlets to secure the materials. The School gives no undertaking to stock all materials required by students. Art Supply Shop Opening Hours Monday - Thursday Friday Saturday
6 credits per semester 3 “ “ “ 2 “ “ “ 4 “ “ “
YEAR lV - FINAL YEAR Independent Study Research Methods II General Studies Electives
8:30 a.m. - 1:00 p.m. / 3:30 p.m. - 6:00 p.m. 8:30 p.m. - 1:00 p.m. 8:30 p.m. - 12 noon
88
18 credits/year 4 credits/year 8 credits/year TOTAL 30 CREDITS
School of Visual Arts Departments
Fine Arts Departments
FOUNDATION STUDIES DEPARTMENT
PAINTING DEPARTMENT
YEAR 1 The Foundation Studies develops skill and discipline. Students develop a sense of adventure for exploring new materials, techniques and ideas. This year challenges previous assumptions about art and design as well as develops an awareness of the immense range of art-making possibilities. In the Foundation Studies, students are given the opportunity to express ideas personally and collectively through projects and it is the year to become aware of ones personal commitment to Art and Design.
In this department students are encouraged and guided to develop their artistic talent and ability through a wide variety of courses in painting. Students are introduced to a wide range of traditional painting styles and more contemporary methods and forms. The programme offers the opportunity to develop strong painting and drawing skills, and explore old and new forms in representational, abstract and two-dimensional approaches. An appreciation of independent, personal expression and image making is developed. Students are expected to take 18 credits in their major area including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
Students doing the Foundation Studies must complete 12 credits in 2D/3D, 6 credits in Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years
Code DR100E FD100E FD101E
Code DR101E FD100E FD101E
SEMESTER I Course Drawing I 2D 3D Art History General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Drawing ll 2D 3D Art History General Studies Elective
YEAR II Code PD201A PD202A PD204A PD205A
Credits 3 6 6 2 4 -
Code PD201B PD203B PD204B PD205B SD201B
Credits 3 6 6 2 4 -
YEAR III Code PD300A PD302A
89
SEMESTER I Course Issues in Representation I Media and Process Caribbean Identity, the New Black Culture I Mural Design I Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Issues in Representation II New Media and Process I Caribbean Identity, the New Black Culture II Mural Design II Installation / Environment / Site I Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Assemblage/Collage Art in Context Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 2 4
Code PD301B PD303B SD301B
YEAR lV Code PD401A GS400A
Code PD401B GS400B
SEMESTER 2 Course Image & Process New Media & Process II Installation / Environment / Site II Drawing Art History General Studies Elective SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies
SCULPTURE DEPARTMENT Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
This department will introduce students to ideas and materials that inform his or her response to three-dimensional form. The department encourages exploration of contemporary sculptural materials and processes and how they relate to artists’ concepts. Emphasis is on ideas of modeling, carving and constructing as well as the possibilities of more contemporary modes of expression. Technical Workshops in Metal, Wood, Casting and Foundry are mandatory for Sculpture majors. Students are expected to complete a minimum of 18 credits in Major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
Credits 9
YEAR II Code SD200A SD202A
4
Credits 9 4 4 Code SD201B SD203B SD204B
YEAR III Code SD300A SD302A SD304A
90
SEMESTER I Course The Body and Process I Structure, Substance and Surface I Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Installation/Environment/Site I New Media and Process I Space, Material and Context I Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course The Body and Process II Structure, Substance and Surface II Space, Material and Context II Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
Code SD301B SD303B SD304Y
YEAR lV Code SD401A GS400A
Code SD401B GS400B
PRINTMAKING DEPARTMENT
SEMESTER II Course Installation/Environment/Site II New Media and Process II Space, Material and Context II Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies
This Department offers a range of studio experiences in four major printmaking disciplines: relief, intaglio, lithography and screen-printing. The approach to these disciplines is fine art based and encourages students to express personal imagery. The department offers a range on traditional and contemporary techniques including papermaking. Students have the opportunity to explore various print media and to develop personal content through independent experimentation processes. Students are expected to take a minimum of 18 credits in Major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years. YEAR II Code PM200A PM201A PM202A PM203A PM204A
Credits 9 4
SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies
Credits 9 4 4
Code PM200B PM201B PM202B PM203B PM204B
SCULPTURE WORKSHOPS (Mandatory for students in the Department) Code SD205 DE SD205 ME SD205 CE SD205 WE
Course Digital Imagery Metal Casting & Foundry Wood
Credit 0 0 0 0
Duration 7 weeks 7 weeks 7 weeks 7 weeks
YEAR III Code PM300A PM303A PM301A PM302A
91
SEMESTER I Course Introduction to the Graphic Stamp Introduction to Intaglio I Printmaking Concepts I Introduction to Lithography I Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Collograph & Linoleum Introduction to Intaglio II Printmaking Concepts II Introduction to Lithography II Introduction to Silkscreen Printing II Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Advanced Intaglio Print I Advanced Techniques in Relief Printing Advanced Lithography I Advanced Silkscreen Printing I Art History General Studies Drawing Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4 3
Code PM300B PM301B PM302B
YEAR lV Code PM401A GS400A
Code PM401B GS400B
SEMESTER II Course Advanced Intaglio Print II Advanced Lithography II Advanced Silkscreen Printing II Art History General Studies Drawing Elective SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies
Applied Arts Departments
Credits 3 3 3 2 4 3
JEWELLERY DEPARTMENT This department places a very strong emphasis on design, aesthetics and beauty of the finished product. Students in this area of specialization are kept abreast of most major changes in art and design. This programme offers the fundamentals of metal smithing, surface embellishment, stone settings and finishing for expressing ideas. Students are expected to take 12 credits in their major area, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies, 6 credits in drawing per year and up to 12 credits in Electives over four years.
Credits 9
YEAR II Code JW200A JW201A EL244E
4
Credits 9 4 4 Code JW203B JW202B EL244E
YEAR III Code JW303A JW301A JW302A
92
SEMESTER I Course Introduction to Jewellery Principles of Design I Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Theory of Jewellery l Goldsmithing I Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Goldsmithing IIa Principles of Design II New Directions in Jewellery Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
Code JW303B JW305B JW304B
YEAR lV Code JW401A GS400A
Code JW401B GS400B
SEMESTER II Course Goldsmithing IIb Theory of Jewellery II Caribbean Influences Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
CERAMICS DEPARTMENT Credits 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies Elective
Students study ceramics as expressive, functional, structural and decorative objects for use in interior or public spaces. This department encourages students to develop self-motivation and discipline as artists. This programme encourages students to develop experimental and innovative approach over production and repetition. Students are introduced to a variety of ways of working with clay and develop skills and confidence to build or throw forms and to fire and finish work. This programme has two majors - Studio Ceramics and Multimedia Ceramics from which students must choose one. Students are expected to take 18 credits in their major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
Credits 9
YEAR II Code CD201A CD202A CD203A CD204A EL244E
4
SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies Elective
Credits 9 4 4
JEWELLERY WORKSHOPS Code CD201B CD202B CD203B CD204B EL244E
(Mandatory for Students in the Department) Code JW 204B JW 300A JW 300B
Course Mechanics & Fittings Production Techniques I Production Techniques II
Credits 0 0 Sem. I 0 Sem. II -
Duration 7 weeks 8 weeks 8 weeks
YEAR III Code CD301A CD302A CD303A CD304A
93
SEMESTER I Course Studio Ceramics Ia Multimedia Ceramics Ia Ceramic Sculpture Ia Surface Design Ia Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER 2 Course Studio Ceramics Ib Multimedia Ceramics Ib Ceramic Sculpture Ib Surface Design Ib Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Studio Ceramics IIa Multimedia Ceramics IIa Ceramic Sculpture IIa Surface Design IIa Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
Code CD301B CD302B CD035B CD304B
YEAR lV Code CD401A GS400A
Code CD401B GS400B
SEMESTER II Course Studio Ceramics IIb Multimedia Ceramics IIb Ceramic Sculpture IIb Surface Design IIb Drawing Art History General Studies Elective SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
Code TD202B EL244E
YEAR III Code TD301A
Credits 9
TD302A 4
Credits 9 4 4
Code TD300B TD303B
TEXTILES AND FIBRE ARTS DEPARTMENT This department offers a broad range of studio experiences in the three (3) major textile disciplines of: Textile Design, Weaving and Fibre Arts from which students must choose one major for specialization. Any of the three (3) major areas of the programme provides exposure to traditional and contemporary techniques. The courses draw on historical precedents, inherent properties and technical development that serve as a point of departure for self-expression. Students electing to do Fibre Arts must choose their 12 credits in years 2 & 3 from either the Textile Design or Weaving courses, which would provide the technical understanding of the course. This would facilitate exploration of the techniques for visual expression of their ideas. Students are expected to complete 18 credits in the major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR lV Code TD401A GS400A
Code TW401B GS400B
Textile Design YEAR II Code TD200A TD201A TD203A EL244E
SEMESTER I Course Textile Design Textiles His. & Contemp. Printing I Natural Dyes, Fibre & Properties Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing General Studies Art History Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 4 2
94
SEMESTER II Course Textiles His. & Contemp. Printing II Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing General Studies Art History Elective SEMESTER I Course Contemporary Studio Practices & Design Procedures Layered Textiles Drawing Art History General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Textile Design for Furnishing & Apparel Form & Imagery with Cloth Art History Elective General Studies Drawing SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods lla General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 4 2
Credits 3 3 3 2 4
Credits 3 3 2 4 3
Credits 9 8
Credits 9 4 4
VISUAL COMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT
Weaving and Fibre Arts YEAR II Code TD200A TW202A TD203A TW205E
Code TD204B
YEAR III Code TW304A TW305A
Code TW304B TW305B
YEAR lV Code TW401A GS400A
Code TW401B GS400B
Design Communication
SEMESTER I Course Textile Design Introduction to Weaving Nat. Dyes, Fibre & Props. Non-Loom Weaving Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Textile History & Techniques II Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Woven Imagery I Exploring Tapestry I Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Woven Imagery II Exploring Tapestry II Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies Elective
In this department students are encouraged to develop a personal style while creating solutions for communication design problems. The department encourages creativity, technological, and intellectual skills to become designers and visionaries for the new millennium. Students develop skills in articulating their own personal voices as designers and artists. There are three majors - Graphic Design, Digital Design and Illustration from which students must choose one area for specialization. Students are expected to take 18 credits in their major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years. YEAR II Code VC200A VC202A VC204A EL244E
Code VC200B VC203B VC205B EL244E
YEAR III Code VC300A VC301A VC302A VC306A VC308A VC310A VC312A VC314A VC316
Credits 9 4
Credits 9 4 4
95
SEMESTER I Course Visual Communication Ia Introduction to Computer as a Tool Illustration I Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER II Course Visual Communication Ib Illustration II Design Procedures for Graphics Computer-Aided Design for Artists Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
SEMESTER I Course Digital Design Ia Graphic Design Ia Illustration III Design with Type Method & Media Ia Packaging Design 2D Computer Design Interactive Media 3D Animation Drawing Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
Code VC300B VC301B VC302B VC307B VC308B VC311B VC313B VC315B
YEAR lV Code VC401A GS400A
Code VC401A GS400B
SEMESTER II Course Digital Design Ib Graphic Design Ib Illustration IV Calligraphy Method & Media Ib Exhibition and Display Design 3D Modeling Comic Book Illustration Drawing Art History General Studies Elective SEMESTER I Course Independent Study I Research Methods IIa General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Independent Study II Research Methods IIb General Studies Elective
ART EDUCATION DEPARTMENT Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4
The goal of the Art Education Department is to prepare students for a professional career in education. Students are challenged and supported to excel in an extremely demanding and incredibly rewarding career as a teacher. Being a good artist is essential to being a good art teacher and therefore students must complete 12 credits in studio 1 including Drawing (their studio of specialization) in Years 2 and 3, 6 credits in Studio ll in Years 2 and 3, 2 credits of Art Education Professional Studies in Year 2, 20 credits of Art Education Professional Studies in Year 3, 21 credits of Art Education Professional Studies in Year 4, 4 credits of Art History, 19 credits in General Studies and 15 credits in Electives.
Bachelor of Art Education (B.A.E.) Credit Requirements To qualify for the B.A.E. - Art Education, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 140 credits over four (4) years, as set out below.
Credits 9
YEAR I FOUNDATION STUDIES 2D/3D : 6 credits per semester = 12 credits/year Drawing :3 “ ” “ = 6 “ ” Art History :2 “ “ “ = 4 “ “ General Studies :4 “ ” “ = 8 “ ” Elective : 3 credits per semester = 3 “ “ TOTAL 33 CREDITS
4
Credits 9 4 4
YEAR II Art Education Professional Courses Studio I (Major)/Drawing Studio II (Minor) Art History General Studies Elective YEAR III Art Education Professional Courses Teaching Practice Studio I (Major)/Drawing Studio ll (Minor)
: 2 credits per year :12 credits per year : 6 credits per year : 4 credits per year : 9 credits per year : 6 credits TOTAL 39 CREDITS : 20 credits per year : 3 credits per year : 12 credits per year : 6 credits per year TOTAL 41 CREDITS
YEAR IV Professional Courses Independent Study (Art Education) I & II Teaching Practice Elective TOTAL
96
: 6 credits per year : 6 credits per year : 9 credits per year : 6 credits per year 27 CREDITS
FOUNDATION STUDIES
Bachelor of Art Education (B.A.E.)
The Foundation Studies develops skill and discipline. Students develop a sense of adventure for exploring new materials, techniques and ideas. This year challenges previous assumptions about art and design as well as develops an awareness of the immense range of art-making possibilities. In the Foundation Studies, students are given the opportunity to express ideas personally and collectively through projects and it is the year to become aware of ones personal commitment to Art and Design.
Year II Code AE203A AE 212A AE201E AH200A GS205A GS201A GS205A
Students doing the Foundation Studies must complete 12 credits in 2D/3D, 6 credits in Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years
Code DR100A FD100E FD101E F*102E AH100A
Code DR101B FD100E FD101E F*102E AH100B
SEMESTER I Course Drawing I 2D 3D Introduction to Depts. Art History General Studies Elective SEMESTER II Course Drawing II 2D 3D Introduction to Depts. Art History General Studies Elective
Credits 3 6 6 3 2 4 3
Credits 3 6 6 3 2 4 3
97
SEMESTER I Course Studio I (Major) Issues in Drawing and Painting Ia &1b Studio II (Graphics/Ceramics) Modern Western Art I Advanced Writing Psychology I Exploring Philosophies in Art Elective
Credits 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
Code AE203A AE212B AE201E AH200B AE207A GS205A TT106A
SEMESTER II Course Studio I (Major) Issues in Drawing and Painting I Studio II (Textiles) Modern Western Art II Museum in Art Education Exploring Philosophies in Art Voice and Speech Elective
Credits 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
YEAR III Code AE303A AE302A AE301E AE330A AE335A AE331A AE332A
SEMESTER I Course Studio I (Major) Issues in Drawing and Painting IIa Studio II (Graphics/Ceramics) Introduction to Art Education Art Curriculum Development Assessment in the Art Classroom Technology in the Art Classroom I
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Code AE303B AE302B AE301B AE330B AE320B AE332B AE320E
SEMESTER II Course Studio I (Major) Issues in Drawing and Painting IIb Studio II (Textiles) Research in Art Education I Curriculum: Methods & Media Technology in the Art Classroom II Practicum
Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
YEAR IV Code AE420E AE401A GS400A
SEMESTER I Course Teaching Practice Independent Study Research Methods in Art Education II
Credits 9 3 3
Code AE401A GS400A
SEMESTER II Course Independent Study Research Methods in Art Education II Electives
Credits 3 3 6
J.B.T.E. Diploma Programme
Fine Art Diploma Programme
To qualify for the JBTE Diploma full-time students are required to successfully complete a minimum of 106 credits over three (3) years, as set out below.
To qualify for the Diploma full-time students are required to successfully complete a minimum of 96 credits over three (3) years, as set out below:
FOUNDATION STUDIES
YEAR I FOUNDATION 2D / 3D Drawing Art History General Studies
YEAR l 2D Design / 3D Design Education Foundation Drawing Art History General Studies Art Education I
YEAR II Teaching Option Major/ Drawing Education Foundation Art Education II Art History General Studies
YEAR III Teaching Option Major/ Drawing Education Foundation Teaching Practice Art Education III Art History General Studies
: 3 credits per semester = 6 credits/year : 2 credits per semester = 4 “ “ : 3 credits per semester = 6 “ “ : 2 credits per semester = 4 “ “ : 4 credits per semester = 8 “ “ : 3 credits per semester = 3 “ “ TOTAL = 31 CREDITS
YEAR II Studio Major Electives Art History General Studies Drawing
: 6 credits per semester = 12 credits/year : 7 credits per semester = 14 “ “ : 3 credits per semester = 6 “ “ : 2 credits per semester = 4 “ “ : 2 credits per semester = 4 “ “ TOTAL = 40 CREDITS
YEAR III Studio Major Electives Drawing
: 6 credits per semester = 12 credits/year : 3 credits per year = 3 “ “ : 9 credits per year = 9 “ “ : 3 credits per semester = 6 “ “ : 2 credits per year = 2 “ “ : 3 credits per semester = 3 “ ” TOTAL = 35 CREDITS
98
: 6 credits per semester = 12 credits/year :3 “ ” “ = 6 “ “ :2 “ “ “ = 4 “ “ :7 “ - Sem. I :5 “ - Sem. II = 12 “ “ TOTAL = 34 CREDITS
: 6 credits per semester :3 “ ” “ :2 “ “ “ :6 “ “ “ :3 “ “ “ TOTAL
= 12 credits /year = 6 “ “ = 2 “ “ = 12 “ “ = 6 “ ” = 38 CREDITS
: 9 credits per semester :3 “ “ “ :3 “ “ “ TOTAL
= 12 credits /year = 6 “ “ = 6 “ “ = 24 CREDITS
Certificate Programme
Studio Certificate Programme
The Certificate Programme is focused on providing competencies in studio practice, underpinned by a range of General Studies courses and Art History. Students may choose to specialize in any of the following departments: Painting, Ceramics, Jewellery, Textiles and Fibre Arts, Visual Communications, Sculpture, Printmaking. On completion of the Certificate Programme students may articulate into Year 2 of the Diploma Programme, having completed the Foundation Year requirements in Studio, General Studies and Art History.
The Studio Certificate Programme has been structured to develop competence in selected areas of studio practice, and introduce students to issues related to contemporary art and visual culture. Students may choose to specialize in any of the following departments: Painting, Ceramics, Jewellery, Textiles and Fibre Arts, Visual Communications, Sculpture, Printmaking. Credit Requirements: To qualify for the Studio Certificate students are required to complete a minimum of 30 credits over three semesters.
Credit Requirements: To qualify for the Certificate students are required to complete a minimum of 60 credits over four semesters. YEAR I Code CA101A EU400A EU403A GS102A AH101A GS100A Code CA101B GS102B AH101B GS100A YEAR II Code DR100E GS102A
SEMESTER I Course Still Life and Figure Drawing I Issues in 2D Visual Representation I Issues in 3D Visual Representation I Caribbean History, Aesthetics and Culture I Looking at Art I College English I SEMESTER II Course Still Life and Figure Drawing II Studio Specialization Caribbean History, Aesthetics and Culture II Looking at Art II College English II
Year I Code CA101A
Credits 3 3 3 2 2 2
Code CA101B AH101B
Credits 3 6 Code 2 2 2
GS102A GS101A GS001Y
SEMESTER I Course Drawing I Information Technology I Studio Specialization Elective Introduction to Spanish I Introduction to Critical Analysis I Personal Development
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 2 0
Code DR101B EU401B EU404B GS102B GS102B GS001Y
SEMESTER II Course Drawing II Issues in 2D Visual Representation II Issues in 3D Visual Representation II Information Technology II Introduction to Spanish II Personal Development
Credits 3 3 3 3 2 0
VC100
99
SEMESTER I Course Still Life and Figure Drawing I Studio Specialization Technical Workshop
Credits 3 6 2
SEMESTER II Course Still Life and Figure Drawing II Studio Specialization Looking at Art II Studio Elective
Credits 3 3 2 3
SEMESTER 3 (SUMMER) Course Studio Specialization Studio Elective Visual Culture
Credits 3 3 2
General Requirements for the UWI/EMC Humanities & Education BA Degree
UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree - Visual Arts Major
The University of the West Indies, Mona, in association with the Edna Manley College offers a BA Degree with a Major or Special in any of the Visual or Performing Arts disciplines offered by the College. The degree runs for three years and students attend classes on the campuses of both institutions. Candidates must meet the academic entry requirements set by the University as well as the Edna Manley College. Students are required to select courses according to credit requirements laid down for the BA Degree Major or Special as set out below. To qualify for a Major the students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College: - 36 credits over three years - achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%-43%) To qualify for the Special, students will be required to successfully complete at Edna Manley College: - 54 credits over three years, - achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%- 43%) Strict attention must be paid to the prerequisite requirements for all courses.
100
Programme Structure YEAR I SEMESTER I Code Course VA18A Life Drawing I VA19C Art & Process VA154 Introduction to Photography VA19A History of Art Survey I VA160 Entrepreneurial Skills for Artists and Designers VA161 Printmaking I
Credits 3 3 3 -
Code VA18B VA10B VA19B VA160 VA161
SEMESTER II Course Aspects of Drawing Papermaking History of Art Survey II Entrepreneurial Skills for Artists and Designers Printmaking I
Credits 3 3 3 6 6
YEAR II Code VA21C VA254 VA202 VA203 VA20A VA20H VA204 VA26D
SEMESTER I Course Life Drawing II Intermediate Photography Printmaking II Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I Pre-Columbian Art Introduction to African Art Arts Administration I Modern Western Art I
Credits 3 3 3 3
Code VA21D VA254 VA202 VA203 VA20B VA20L VA204 VA26C
SEMESTER II Course Drawing from Observation Intermediate Photography Printmaking II Introduction to Silkscreen Printing Latin American Art Issues in African Art Arts Administration I Modern Western Art II
Credits 3 6 6 6 3 3 6 3
YEAR III Code VA20F VA30A VA304 VA37A VA306 VA307 VA308 VA309
SEMESTER I Course Principles and Practices of Art Criticism Modern Jamaican Art Concept Development Through Drawing Printmaking IIIA Silkscreen Printing II Arts Administration II Advance Photography Digital Imagery
Credits 3 3 3 -
Code VA20G VA30B VA304 VA37B VA306 VA307 VA308 VA309
SEMESTER II Course Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies Modern Caribbean Art Concept Development through Drawing Printmaking IIIB Silkscreen Printing II Arts Administration II Advance Photography Digital Imagery
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Credits 3 3 6 3 6 6 6 6
FOUNDATION STUDIES FD100E - 2D 1 semester - 6 credits This course introduces students to fundamental elements of visual language – articulation of shape and organization of space, colour rhythm and movement – and examines their relationship to two–dimensional art forms. Students are encouraged to develop personal vocabulary through a process of experimentation and critical analysis while investigating the possibilities of diverse materials and acquiring technical skills to execute ideas. Three five-week modules introduce students to the two-dimensional disciplines of Printmaking or Textiles, Painting and Graphics. Mandatory for Year 1 students
UWI/EMC OPEN CHOICE COURSES LEVEL I Code VA18A VA18B VA19C VA154 VA19A VA19B VA160 VA161
Course Credits Life Drawing I 3 Aspects of Drawing 3 Art and Process (Introduction to Critical Analysis) 3 Introduction to Photography 3 History of Art Survey I 3 History of Art Survey II 3 Entrepreneurial Skills for Artists & Designers 6 Printmaking I 6
LEVEL II Code VA21C VA21D VA254 VA202 VA203 VA20B VA20A VA20H VA20L VA204 VA26C VA26D
Course Life Drawing II Drawing from Observation Intermediate Photography Printmaking II Introduction to Silkscreen Printing l Latin American Art Pre-Columbian Art Introduction to African Art Issues in African Art Arts Administration I Modern Western Art I Modern Western Art II
Credits 3 3 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 3 3
LEVEL III Code VA20F VA20G VA30A VA30B VA304 VA37A VA37B VA306 VA307 VA308 VA309
Course Principles and Practices of Art Criticism Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies Modern Jamaican Art Modern Caribbean Art Concept Development through Drawing Printmaking IIIA - The Intaglio Print Printmaking IIIB - Lithography Silkscreen Printing II Arts Administration II Advance Photography Digital Imagery
Credits 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 6 6 6 6
FD101E - 3D 1 semester - 6 credits This course introduces students to fundamental components of visual language – articulation and organization of form, colour, rhythm and movement – and examines their relationship to three-dimensional art forms. Students are encouraged to develop personal vocabulary through a process of experimentation and critical analysis while investigating the possibilities of diverse materials and acquiring technical skills to execute ideas. Three five-week modules introduce students to the three dimensional disciplines of Sculpture, Ceramics and Jewellery. Mandatory for Year 1 students DR100E Drawing I 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims to develop students’ observational and recording skills through drawing; the depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive mark-making using a variety of approaches and materials. Practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language. DR101E Drawing II 1 semester - 3 credits Further development of students’ observational and recording skills through drawing. The depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive markmaking using a variety of approaches and materials. Application of practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language. EU400A &B
101
Issues in 2D Visual Representation I & II 3 credits per semester This course will examine the context and practice of the visual arts in the disciplines of drawing, painting and printmaking. Through the investigation of developments in contemporary art, referencing of current literature and exposure to the broad range of visual culture related to contemporary practice, students will develop a body of work which is informed by their research and discussions. Emphasis will be placed on the inter-disciplinary nature of art.
EU403A &B Issues in 3D Visual Representation I & II 3 credits per semester This course will examine the context and practice of the visual arts in the disciplines of sculpture and ceramics. Through the investigation of developments in contemporary art, referencing of current literature and exposure to the broad range of visual culture related to contemporary practice, students will develop a body of work which is informed by their research and discussions. Emphasis will be placed on the inter-disciplinary nature of art.
African Art (theory and practice) and the cultural and racial myths and prejudices of both that have impacted on the Caribbean and Caribbean culture over the past century. PD283A Mural Design I 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores historical and contemporary approaches to mural painting and design with an emphasis on concepts and philosophies developed in the 20th century. Students will be encouraged to regard the city of Kingston as an open classroom. Community involvement and collaboration with public and private sectors will be encouraged and designs created as coursework will be placed in the public domain. Emphasis will be placed on media research. Students will be encouraged to think outside the traditional notion of mural painting (pigment on surfaces) in an effort to forge new possibilities in murals.
PAINTING DEPARTMENT PD201A Issues in Representation I 1 semester - 3 credits In this course the student will work from life models, landscape on location, and still life in order to explore traditional and contemporary methods of representation in Painting. Students will be encouraged to experiment with materials, composition and scale. The works of the super realist and other contemporary artists will be researched and discussed and compared with the works of the old masters. Prerequisite – Foundation Studies
PD285B Mural Design II 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students will focus on developing and executing collaborative community-based projects and projects for public spaces. It will be oriented towards group projects which seek to transform social spaces and respond to current issues and events. Emphasis will be placed on developing team-building skills and an awareness of the social value of art through the intervention of the artist. Students will also be introduced to strategies for fundraising for public art projects.
PD201B Issues in Representation II 1 semester - 3 credits This course will further focus on the traditional notions of representation including the narrative, through the convulsions of the various modern movements of the early years: the twentieth century to the extreme formalism of the 1950s and beyond. This course seeks to examine what representation looks like today and what it might become as it continues to evolve. In doing so, fundamental skills and practices held to be at the very core of representation will be re-evaluated and questioned.
PD300A Assemblage/Collage 1 semester - 3 credits This course provides students with the opportunity to develop an interdisciplinary approach to Painting and/or Sculpture through an exploration of the medium of assemblage, collage and installation.
PD202A Media and Process 1 semester - 3 credits This course focuses on the process of exploring materials. Students will explore a broad range of media and techniques, from the conventional to the unconventional, whilst dealing with the formal aspects of painting such as composition and investigation of pictorial space. Individual and group discussion of contemporary concerns in painting will be used to stimulate the students’ analytical ability.
PD301B Image and Process 1 semester - 3 credits This course is built on the principle that the idea is the vital core of all art. Students are encouraged to explore the process of materials and experience a broad range of media and techniques whilst dealing with the formal aspects of painting pictorial possibilities inherent in sources such as language, literature, folk ritual etc. Students are also encouraged to draw from their personal/cultural experience to develop ideas relevant to the essential self.
PD203B New Media and Process I 1 semester - 3 credits This course encourages students to develop ideas through the process of performance and time-based projects using media such as photography, digital imaging and video. The student is introduced to the possibilities of using basic recording methods to document transitory or ephemeral activity along with more traditional means such as drawing and text. Prerequisite – Media and Process
PD302A Art in Context 1 semester - 3 credits This course investigates the connections that exist between the making of art and environment in which art is made. This includes the student’s personal/psychological response to social, historical and political issues. The discussion and analysis of information through the presentation of slides, video and guest lecturers will heighten students’ awareness of concerns in contemporary art practices as well as develop a more analytical approach to their own studio practice. Text, drawing, photography or other relevant means of documentation in an art book/journal to be presented at the end of the semester.
PD204A & B Caribbean Identity, the New Black Culture I & II 3 credits per semester In order to better understand the emerging Caribbean culture in the new millennium this course examines the axiology, epistemology and paradigms of Western and
102
SD204A Space, Material and Context I 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores the inherent relationships between space, material and context through the investigation of varied forms of Architecture. Students are challenged to personalize the principles gained by applying them to their own modes of creativity. Research and writing are vital to the practical aspects of this course.
PD303B New Media and Process II 1 semester - 3 credits This course builds on the foundation of basic technical skills and ideas developed in year 2. Students are encouraged to further relevant technical skills, explore the possibilities of the editing process (both technical and manual) and explore working within an interactive/collaborative environment. Prerequisite – New Media and Process l
SD300A The Body and Process II 1 semester - 3 credits This course focuses on the psychological notion of the body. Issues such as culture, sexuality, disease, technology, gender, evolution and religion will be explored. Students will be required to complete reading assignments and make research presentations to the class.
PD401A & B Independent Studies Ia & Ib 9 credits per semester This course offers to final year students the opportunity to develop a personalized approach to painting. This is a project or body of work based on a theme chosen by the student which allows the student to develop content, realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking required of professional artists. Tutorials are scheduled with the Department Head/Co-ordinator to ensure the satisfactory development of the project. The independent project forms part of the final examination, and each student must be prepared to discuss the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put into concise language, the concepts and ideas involved. SCULPTURE DEPARTMENT
SD301B Installation/Environment/Site II 1 semester - 3 credits This course provides the opportunity for students to explore the diverse interdisciplinary approaches to contemporary installation practice. Students will examine concepts of site, site-specificity, time and space, interaction and environment. The development of individual thematic concerns and documentation are integral to this course. Prerequisite: Collage/Assemblage or Installation/Environment/Site 1
SD200A The Body and Process l 1 semester - 3credits This course focuses on exploration of the dynamics and structure of the human figure. Through intensive investigation students will develop a strong visual understanding of the body so that they can readily manipulate this subject to meet their conceptual needs. Form, proportion, movement, expression and gesture are some of the issues to be investigated.
SD302A Structure, Substance and Surface II 1 semester - 3 credits This course further investigates the complex relationships between applied and inherent surfaces and substances/materials. Students are encouraged to use their own project ideas to explore the aesthetic issues evoked by a variety of traditional and non-traditional materials and surfaces, in and on wall-based and free-standing sculpture.
SD201B Installation/Environment/Site l 1 semester - 2 credits This course focuses on the theory and practice of site activation. Students will be introduced to concepts of ‘site’ and ‘site-specificity’. Through discussion and practice they will examine the ways in which these concepts have radically recontextualized art, challenged existing hierarchies and contributed to redefinition of art. Examination of the social, political and economic implications of locating art outside of the traditional gallery space will form the basis of individual works, which engage the audience in the public domain.
SD303B New Media and Process II 1 semester - 3 credits This course builds on the foundation of basic technical skills and ideas developed in year 2. Students are encouraged to further the development of relevant technical skills, explore the possibilities of the editing process (both technical and manual) and explore working within an interactive/collaborative environment. Prerequisite – New Media and Process I SD304B Space, Material and Context II 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores architectural structures that embody varying ideologies that will prepare students to investigate and experiment with the concept of manipulating space and material to create environments that are manifestations of abstract thought. Both the societal and personal realms will be considered throughout the course.
SD202A Structure, Substance and Surface l 1 semester - 3 credits This course investigates the complex relationships between applied and inherent surfaces and substances/materials. Students are encouraged to use their own project ideas to explore the aesthetic issues evoked by a variety of traditional and nontraditional materials and surfaces, in and on wall-based and free-standing sculpture.
SD401A & B Independent Study I & II 9 credits per semester This is a project or body of work based on a theme chosen by the student which allows the student to develop content, realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking required of professional artists. Tutorials are scheduled with the Department Head/Co-ordinator to ensure the satisfactory development of the project. The independent project forms part of the final examination, and each student must be prepared to discuss the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put into concise language, the concepts and ideas involved.
SD203B New Media Process l 1 semester – 3 credits This course encourages students to develop ideas through the process of performance and time-based projects using media such as photography, digital imaging and video. The student is introduced to possibilities of using basic recording methods to document transitory or ephemeral activity along with more traditional means such as drawing and text.
103
PRINTMAKING DEPARTMENT
through colour printing. Students are expected to develop independent projects. Projects are to be printed in editions and are to be related in concepts. Students are guided through individual and group tutorials for the duration of the course.
PM200A Introduction to the Graphic Stamp 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the world of printmaking; working with machines and tools and the process of impression and edition making. Students will receive instruction in wood-printing in black and white and colour, as well as ancient techniques of paper stamping and experimental contemporary approaches. Students are encouraged to develop personal imagery from a technical and personal point of view.
PM30A
Advanced Techniques in Relief Printing I 1 semester - 3 credits This course consolidates the techniques using multimedia to explore various forms of printmaking. The relationship between drawing, painting, illustration and printmaking is emphasized. Skills in registering and editing images are developed.
PM200B Collograph and Linoleum 1 semester - 3 credits This course closes the process of surface printing and introduces the technique of hollow printing, combined through the medium of collography. Students are encouraged to use hand drawn images and the use of the press to transfer their images to paper from linoleum, woodcut and found objects. The exploration of colour prints and traditional techniques of Collograph.
PM301A Advanced Lithography I 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students further develop skills in lithography printing with colour. Students will discover possibilities similar to painting while developing their knowledge of colour. PM302A Advanced Silkscreen Printing I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a continuation of Silkscreen Printing 1. Students are encouraged to develop personal imagery and to move towards producing fine art silkscreen prints. Students are also introduced to photographic silkscreen techniques.
PM201A & B Introduction to Intaglio Print I & II 1 semester - 3 credits per semester This course introduces students to the techniques of printing from metal, the development of hollow printing and the use of varnishes, acids and resins to print images in black and white. Various plate making and intaglio printing techniques are studied. Students are encouraged to develop personal imagery and to translate them into prints.
PM401A & B Independent Study I & II 9 credits per semester This course offers to final year students the opportunity to develop a personal approach to printmaking. Students will produce a body of work based on a personal concept which allows the students to develop content, realize ideas and initiate individual thinking that is required of professional artists.
PM202A Printmaking Concepts I 1 semester - 3 credits A stimulating course of creative development for printmaking students, in which students refine the acquisition of techniques and highly useful resources in the field of printmaking. Traditional techniques as well as experimental contemporary approaches is encouraged while learning the basics and developing personal imagery.
PM203B Introduction to Lithography II 1 semester - 3 credits This course continues the investigation of personal approaches to visual representation through the exploration of black and white lithography and its relationship to drawing and painting.
PM203A
Introduction to Lithography I 1 semester - 3 credits per semester This course shows a new type of surface printing. The students are introduced to black and white lithography, making images through different procedures: pencil, gouache, pen and ink, collage, etc. and transfer to stones or metal plates to be printed.
PM201B Introduction to intaglio II 1 semester - 3 credits Students are encouraged to explore ideas and develop personal imagery, using technical skills acquired in Introduction to Intaglio I. Students will be exposed to aquatint, mezzotint, and embossing techniques, and emphasis will be placed on sketching in the development of ideas.
PM204A
PM202B Printmaking Concepts II 1 semester - 3 credits This course facilitates the continuation of experimentation and research begun, enabling students to develop their ideas and visual language through traditional and non-traditional approaches to printmaking.
Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I
1 semester - 3 credits Students are introduced to basic silkscreen printing techniques and the application of the medium to commercial design and printing. Students are also encouraged to develop their own style of expression. Traditional methods of stencil making using hand drawn painterly techniques will be studied. Students will also be introduced to the photo emulsion process for screen making.
PM204B Introduction to Silkscreen Printing II 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a continuation of Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I. Students are encouraged to explore personal imagery using a range of basic screen printing methods, materials and applications. Emphasis will be placed on developing personal visual language.
PM300A Advanced Intaglio Print I 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students consolidate the techniques of intaglio printing from metal
104
PM300B Advanced Intaglio II 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a continuation of Advanced Intaglio I. Students are encouraged to develop personal imagery though a series of related works.
JW302A New Directions in Jewellery 1 semester - 3 credits This course seeks to enrich the vocabulary of the Jewellery student by looking at and discussing the work of avant garde designers and their techniques in art Jewellery making. This course looks at Jewellery fashion, principles and cycles while studying trends.
PM301B Advanced Lithography II 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students continue the exploration of the possibilities of colour lithography, as well as photo-based techniques. Emphasis is placed on developing personal visual language.
JW303A & B Goldsmithing IIa & IIb 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a continuation of Goldsmithing I. Students study more advanced Goldsmithing techniques such as inlay enameling, mosaic and fittings and their construction. Students are encouraged to develop their own individual designs and production of handmade silver pieces. Prerequisite: Goldsmithing I
PM302B Advanced Silkscreen Printing II 1 semester - 3 credits Students will develop ideas and personal language, utilizing technical approaches investigated in Advanced Silkscreen Printing I. JEWELLERY DEPARTMENT
JW304B Caribbean Influences 1 semester - 3 credits This course encourages the student to focus on indigenous materials, architecture, and fashion and costume designs in the Caribbean and its application in Jewellery.
JW200A Introduction to Jewellery 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to technical aspects of jewellery making. Basic processes used in the design and creation of jewellery making techniques are studied. Students fabricate their own design in studio. JW201A Principles of Design I 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students are encouraged to develop a portfolio of design ideas using as reference material from plant life, fossil, crystalline and mineral forms. They also study the impact of customer personality and gender on design. Emphasis is on developing creative ability and visual sensitivity. Suitable rendering techniques, painting and perspective requirements are covered.
JW305B Theory of Jewellery II 1 semester - 3 credits Further study of the properties of metals and processes involved in the identification of precious metals, the circulation and preparation of alloys and other specific practices of the profession such as electroplating and hallmarking. Other areas explored are stone identification and workshop practices related to business ventures. Students are made aware of stylistic differences, the reason for them and how styles are influenced by social and political events. Investigation of gem species and their characteristics are covered. Prerequisite: Theory of Jewellery I
JW202B Goldsmithing I 1 semester - 3 credits This is a study of metal work techniques specific to the nature and characteristics of metal. Students will begin to work in copper, brass or silver and to develop and execute their own design ideas for simple pieces of Jewellery to study these basic procedures.
JW204B Mechanics and Fittings** 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students are introduced to the technical aspects of precision necessary for making Jewellery. Students will be taught the fundamentals of mechanical and plan drawing as it applies to materials, mechanisms, concepts and designs used in Jewellery.
JW203B Theory of Jewellery I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a study of the properties of metals and processes involved in the identification of precious metals, the circulation and preparation of alloys and other specific practices of the profession such as electroplating and hallmarking. Other areas explored are stone identification and workshop practices related to business ventures. Students are made aware of stylistic differences, the reason for them and how styles are influenced by social and political events.
JW300A & B Production Techniques I & II** 8 weeks per semester - 0 credit In this course students develop the start to finish techniques used by industry craft people in making handmade Jewellery. Study of tools, equipment and supplies used in the Jewellery industry. Students will be introduced to wax carving of designs suitable for Jewellery production and the chemistry of alloying metals and principles in all casting methods. Investigation of the quality, function and care of equipment is also covered.
JW301A Principles of Design II 1 semester - 3 credits In this course students continue to develop a portfolio of designs using reference material drawn from natural and man-made environment. Plant life, fossil, crystalline and mineral forms etc. are transcribed into design ideas giving them a Caribbean content. They also learn to simulate metals through painting on black paper. They also study the impact of customer personality and gender on design.
** Jewellery Workshops mandatory for students in the Department JW401A & B Independent Study I & II 9 credits per semester A body of work is produced based on a theme chosen by the student which allows the student to develop content, realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking
105
required of professional artists. Tutorials are scheduled with the Department Head/Co-ordinator to ensure the satisfactory development of the project. The independent project forms part of the final examination, and each student must be prepared to discuss the project with the examiners and be able to put into concise language, the concepts and ideas involved.
CD302A Multimedia Ceramics II 1 semester - 3 credits In this course the students learn the technical process of duplicating original pieces while simplifying complex pieces so that they become reproducible. Students are encouraged to take a creative approach in their exploration of materials, processes and ideas as well as a professional approach to the resolution of ceramic objects, surfaces and structures.
EL244E Computer-Aided Design for Artists 1 semester - 3 credits This course ensures that students are capable of applying computer-aided design (CAD) software to the design and presentation of their projects, and makes them aware of the manufacturing capabilities of computer technology. Projects will focus on design presentation, and hands-on experience in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include CAD hardware, geometric modeling rendering, and an introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
CD304A Surface Design II 1 semester - 3 credits This course follows on from Surface Design 1, and teaches additional techniques of surface decoration. The student designs and executes work choosing an appropriate technique, size and form for his or her individual preference. CD401A & B Independent Study I & II 9 credits per semester A body of work is produced based on a theme chosen by the student which allows the student to develop content, realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking required of professional artists. Tutorials are scheduled with the Department Head/Co-ordinator to ensure the satisfactory development of the project. The independent project forms part of the final examination, and each student must be prepared to discuss the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put into concise language, the concepts and ideas involved.
CERAMICS DEPARTMENT CD201A Studio Ceramics I 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to studio techniques used in ceramics. These include clay theory, slabbing, coiling, pinching, throwing methods and glazing technology. Students are encouraged to produce “statements” in clay and the development of fine craftsmanship is emphasized.
CD212B Ceramic Jewellery 1 semester - 3 credits This course provides an opportunity for students to explore ceramic materials and processes specifically oriented towards the production of ceramic jewellery pieces. It equips the students with skills and concepts for developing designs and creating ornamental pieces that are functional or "non-functional".
CD202A Multimedia Ceramics I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is designed to broaden the scope of production, creativity and experimentation. The limitation of executing a single piece is expanded by means of mass production of identical pieces in a short time. The course also provides possibility of producing ‘new’ individualistic pieces.
EL244E Computer- Aided Design for Artists 1 semester - 3 credits This course ensures that students are capable of applying computer-aided design (CAD) software to the design and presentation of their projects, and makes them aware of the manufacturing capabilities of computer technology. Projects will focus on design presentation, and hands-on experience in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include CAD hardware, geometric modeling, rendering, and an introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
CD203A Ceramic Sculpture I 1 semester - 3 credits This course will focus on mixed media approaches to express individual ideas. Students will have the opportunity to explore the potential of the materials being used for large or small 3D structures. Model-making and studies to illustrate the relationship between ideas and processes will also be covered. CD204A Surface Design I 1 semester - 3 credits An introduction to the fundamentals of decorative designs, and different methods of applying these designs to ceramic surfaces. Methods of decoration including glazing, engraving, painting, drawing, rolling, stamping, relief and graffito. Students learn to apply working drawings and patterns onto 3D pieces to produce independent works based on their own designs.
TEXTILE & FIBRE ARTS DEPARTMENT TD200A Textile Design 1 semester - 3 credits This course offers processes, techniques and insight, which are valuable in solving design problems. Innovative techniques, media, CAD and texture in creating designs are explored. Procedures and methods including the use of the computer are also explored which will help to nurture, develop and exercise student’s creativity.
CD301A Studio Ceramic II 1 semester - 3 credits This course follows on to Studio Ceramic 1 for continued development of good craftsmanship. Students will be encouraged to do individual study and develop personal expression in thrown or hand built clay pieces.
TD201A
Textile History and Contemporary Printing I 1 semester - 3 credits This is a study of traditional and contemporary dyeing and printing techniques of textiles of Japan, Africa and India, and investigation of social, cultural and historical
106
context of textiles from these regions. Students will also engage in the exploration and examination of the exciting possibilities these techniques offer to contemporary artists.
TD301A
Contemporary Studio Practices and Design Procedures 1 semester - 3 credits This course prepares students to design for small studio production by introducing them to the practices of contemporary design studios and how they differ from the printing industry. Site visits to studios are made and students’ reports on their observations form part of the course requirement. Current trends in textile designs are looked at, as well as site differences between the small studio printer and industrial printing practices. This course also stresses basic professional techniques in the construction of a designer’s first sample. Students gain insight into the relationship between creative design and quality of finished sample.
TD201B
Textile History and Contemporary Printing II 1 semester - 3 credits Students are introduced to traditional dyeing and printing processes. Students will also develop new, innovative and individual experiments in designing and applying traditional techniques with the silkscreen in actual workshop surroundings. As skills develop, designs will be a major consideration. TD203A
Natural Dyes, Fibres and Properties
TD302A Layered Textiles 1 semester - 3 credits This course will broaden students’ knowledge of traditional layering methods. Examples will be drawn from various parts of the world known for this type of work. These methods will be explored along with other surface design techniques such as hand and machine embroidery, quilting and patchwork. Students are encouraged to use these techniques to develop ideas for sculptural/relief approach to fabric, moving away from the flat planar textile.
1 semester - 3 credits This course is a study of natural and synthetic fibres and fabrics, including testing methods for strength and colourfastness. Research and experimentation with local plants, which can yield dyes, is also carried out, using previous local and international research. Extraction of colour from plants, development of new natural dyes and use of a variety of dyes made from plants on fabric or yarn as well as the chemicals needed for extracting, changing and fixing colours is studied.
TD303B Form and Imagery with Cloth 1 semester - 3 credits Students are exposed to various techniques of manipulating fabric/soft materials into 3D and relief through the joining of planes and shaping of forms with the aid of various types of stiffeners and moulds. Development of personal imagery is encouraged.
TD204B Textiles History and Techniques ll 1 semester - 3 credits A study of the functions of traditional, social, cultural and historical context of the origins of the countries of the Americas, Africa and Japan. Students engage in the exploration of traditional techniques and the exciting possibilities it offers to contemporary artists.
TW302A Woven Imagery l 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores weaving as a drawing medium utilizing supplemental warp/weft, and double cloth. Along with direct encounter with material and weaving system at the loom, each student will make a hard bound note/journal which will include drawings, drafting, writings, bibliography, vocabulary and personal evaluation and all relevant individual explorations and research throughout the course.
TW202A Introduction to Weaving I 1 semester - 3 credits This course provides an introduction to basic weaving. It focuses on tapestry techniques, using the frame loom. Experimentation with methods of colouring and dyeing for use in woven fabrics is encouraged. TW202B Introduction to Weaving II 1 semester 3 credits In this course students are introduced to floor loom weaving. Individuals will be encouraged to focus on developing personal imagery in weaving.
TW302B Woven Imagery ll 1 semester - 3 credits This course further explores weaving as a drawing medium utilizing supplemental warp/weft, and double cloth along with direct encounter with material and weaving system at the loom. Students will continue to make a note/journal, which will include drawings, drafting, writings, and bibliography and expand their vocabulary and personal evaluation and all relevant individual explorations and research throughout this course.
TW205B Non-Loom Weaving 1 semester - 3 credits Focus is on using basketry, finger weaving and felt-making techniques as a means of expressing ideas. These techniques will expose students to a variety of methods for exploring fibre sculpture. Students will be encouraged to focus on developing personal imagery using these techniques. TD300A
Textile Design for Furnishing and Apparel 1 semester - 3 credits Students develop a professional approach and aesthetic dimension to design and printing. This is a course in workshop methods and restrictions, design considerations and limitations, distribution and application related to furnishing and apparel fabrics. Students will study complex styles, repeats and croquis and sophisticated application of colour.
TW305A Exploring Tapestry l 1 semester - 3 credits The emphasis of this course is hinged on research and development of ideas, employing various tapestry techniques. These ideas should be documented in written and visual form in a sketchbook. Students are expected to produce one major piece of work at the end of the semester displaying a high level of technical competence and development of concept. Experimentation and use of non-fibre material will be encouraged.
107
TW305B Exploring Tapestry ll 1 semester - 3 credits Further research and development of ideas and experimentation of tapestry techniques is encouraged. Students will continue to document ideas in written and visual form in a sketchbook. Students are expected to produce one major piece of work at the end of the semester displaying a high level of technical competence and development of concept. Further experimentation and use of non-fibre material is encouraged.
draughtsmanship and to find creative solutions considering tonal contrast and colour harmony. VC205B Design Procedure for Graphics 1 semester - 3 credits This course will cover the equipment, materials, techniques and procedures required in a graphic design studio to produce everything from layouts to mechanical and prepress electronic art. Emphasis is placed on the use of the computer as well as traditional techniques.
TW401A & B Independent Study I & II 9 credits per semester This is geared to the advanced level students who have a sense of commitment to their area of specialization, seeking a personal direction that fulfills his/her artistic identity. This course will include practical studio experience, critiques and tutorials. Students will develop a coherent body of work. It is also important that students’ research underpins their studio practice. Periodic critiques to discuss progress, content and process are conducted by faculty from within and/or outside the department.
VC300A & B Digital Design Ia & 1b 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to fundamental imaging concepts that apply to the graphic communication industry. It provides the opportunity to develop basic digital imaging skills in image capture, processing and its reproduction. The course encourages the student to exercise communication and information search skills using a variety of media, both print and electronic. VC301A & B Graphic Design Ia & Ib 2 semesters - 3 credits per semester This course concentrates on the design of all categories of print media from postage stamps to posters, brochures, book covers etcetera, from basic symbol development through creative problem solving for complex concepts. The idea is for students to learn to present a visual message that is clear, stylistically beautiful and memorable.
EL244E Computer-Aided Design for Artists 1 semester This course ensures that students are capable of applying computer-aided design (CAD) software to the design and presentation of their projects, and makes them aware of the manufacturing capabilities of computer technology. Projects will focus on design presentation and hands-on experience in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include CAD hardware, geometric modeling, rendering, and an introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
VC302A Illustration III 1 semester - 3 credits This course will concentrate on individual solutions to advanced illustration problems while considering communications on a broad scale. VC303B Illustration IV 1 semester - 3credits This course provides the opportunity to develop a personal style of illustration supported by examination of historical trends.
VISUAL COMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT VC200A & B Visual Communications Ia & Ib 1 semester - 3 credits This course will be the introduction to principles that guide the development of creative solutions in advertising design and investigation of a variety of media to develop highly personal visual images. It examines the creative development and use of environmental graphics as public informational tools. Students learn to work with scale, construct models and prepare presentation boards.
VC306A Design with Type 1 semester - 3 credits This course will cover execution of lettering for reproduction. The computer will be used to introduce basic principles of typography design and type setting. VC307B Calligraphy 1 semester - 3 credits This course involves the study of alphabets and their characteristics. The general principles of layout, spacing, balance and contrast are emphasized. Tools and materials, letterforms, using pen, brushes and useful processes are studied. Projects include alphabet designs, posters, letterheads, greeting cards, illustrated poems, and certificates etcetera.
VC202A Introduction to Computer as a Tool 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the use of the computer as a design and layout tool. Special type effects, scanning, image manipulation, grid system and multi-column layouts, which enhance editorial and promotional design. VC204A Illustration I 1 semester - 3 credits This course will concentrate on individual solutions to illustration assignments while considering communications on a broad scale. Emphasis is on concept, content and execution. Students explore media, technique and printing applications and develop the skillful handling of these. VC204B Illustration II 1 semester - 3 credits Students learn all aspects of producing illustrations from initial concept to finished artwork. Students are encouraged to develop mastery of composition and
VC308A & B Method and Media Ia & Ib 1 semester - 3 credits This course will introduce students to the work of ten highly acclaimed international illustrators. Students will be shown how each illustrator achieves his or her technique and will complete an illustration using a method from each. A variety of mediums such as conte crayons, scratchboard, acrylic, linoleum, collage, pen and ink, watercolour and marker rendering will be introduced.
108
VC345B Design Internship 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims to expose the student to real world projects and a real world environment. Students will be placed within a Design Firm or Advertising Agency and work alongside experienced designers and art directors for one day a week. It is in this environment that they will learn to balance quality and cost, as well as learning the true importance of a deadline. This Design Internship will not only offer the students real world experience but they will also participate in a Production Internship at a press or media house.
VC310A Packaging Design 1 semester - 3 credits This is a study of packaging graphics and 3D design with emphasis on a variety of products. Packages are analyzed and positioned from a marketing point of view. Students develop visual graphics and colour schemes suitable for individual products. Typical projects include export oriented food and cosmetic products from Jamaica and the Caribbean region. VC311B Exhibition and Display Design 1 semester - 3 credits The elements of thematic display and exhibition design in commercial and institutional arenas are examined. Professional growth in conceptual ability, ideology and skills development is stressed. Students design visual presentations and develop techniques for varied applications, learning materials sourcing, graphics, merchandise, budget planning and installation factors.
VC343E
Communication Seminar/Advertising 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the various aspects involved in communicating an idea. The course covers or starts from the client with the product through to the various processes involved in reaching the consumer. The focus is on Marketing, Advertising and Public Relations. The role and function of the Creative Director, Senior Art Director, Artist/Designer, Production Manager and production Houses are also looked at.
VC312A 2D Computer Design 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores 2-dimensional imaging on an intermediate to advanced level. Projects involve digital painting, drawing and image manipulation, with an emphasis on output issues and presentation.
VC401A & B Independent Study I & II 9 credits per semester An overall systematic and conceptual approach is taken to a total solution to do multi-faceted design project, involving methods of analyzing and clarifying solutions to communicative problems, and developing unique and creative approaches to advertising and professional promotional material. This project or body of work is produced based on a theme chosen by the student which allows the student to develop content, realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking required of professional artists. Tutorials are scheduled with the Department Head/Co-ordinator to ensure the satisfactory development of the project. The independent project forms part of the final examination, and each student must be prepared to discuss the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put into concise language, the concepts and ideas involved.
VC313B 3D Modeling 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the basic principles of building 3-dimensional objects and environments with a computer, looking at issues of modeling techniques, rendering, lighting and colour. Concepts of 3-dimensional space and geometrical transformation are reviewed. Prerequisite - Introduction to Computer as a Tool. VC314A Interactive Media 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the principles of interactivity in computer media. Students combine dimensional imaging, graphics authoring as well as audio and video technology for achieving interactivity from multiple source media. Interface design and scripting tools are covered. Prerequisite - Introduction to Computer as a Tool
EL244E Computer-Aided Design for Artists 1 semester - 3 credits This course ensures that students are capable of applying computer-aided design (CAD) software to the design and presentation of their projects, and makes them aware of the manufacturing capabilities of computer technology. Projects will focus on design presentation, and hands-on experience in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include CAD hardware, geometric modeling, rendering, and an introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
VC315B Comic Book Illustration 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the world of comic book design and illustration. Students are introduced to the styles and techniques as well as the communicative structure of comic books. The historical underpinning is also examined. VC316A 3D Animation 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the basic aspects of designing and producing a 3dimensional computer animation. It is assumed that students are already familiar with all basic modeling techniques. Students will develop storyboards in terms of clarity of meaning, camera motion and rendering techniques. Key frame and interpolation techniques are covered thoroughly. Students will be required to complete a short animated piece, one-minute long story. Prerequisite - 3D Modeling.
109
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION (B.A.E.)
art galleries. Special attention is paid to the critiques of the traditional museum as an elitist "temple of culture" that emerged out of the social and cultural activism of the 1960s and the resulting shifts in museum practices towards displays and programmes that are more visitor-oriented, interactive and educationally effective - the so-called New Museology.
FD100E 2D 1 semester - 6 credits This course introduces students to fundamental elements of visual language – articulation of shape and organization of space, colour, rhythm and movement – and examines their relationship to two-dimensional art forms. Students are encouraged to develop personal vocabulary through a process of experimentation and critical analysis while investigating the possibilities of diverse materials and acquiring technical skills to execute ideas. Three five-week modules introduce students to the two-dimensional disciplines of Printmaking or Textiles, Painting and Graphics. Mandatory for Year 1 students
TT106A Voice and Speech 1 semester - 2 credits This course provides students with the fundamentals to be able to use the voice for motivational purposes. Diction, tone production, vocal power and voice projection, and voice unity and expressiveness are among the areas covered. AE212A & B Issues in Drawing and Painting Ia & Ib 3 credits per semester This course will examine the context and practice of the visual arts in the disciplines of drawing and painting, and the possibilities for visual representation through drawing and painting. Students will be introduced to a range of materials, techniques and processes which facilitate the development of ideas, and emphasis will be placed on exploring the ways in which visual language is linked to concepts. Through the investigation of developments in contemporary art, referencing of current literature and contemporary practice, students will develop a body of work which is informed by their research and discussions.
FD101E 3D 1 semester - 6 credits This course introduces students to fundamental components of visual language – articulation and organization of form, colour, rhythm and movement – and examines their relationship to three-dimensional art forms. Students are encouraged to develop personal vocabulary through a process of experimentation and critical analysis while investigating the possibilities of diverse materials and acquiring technical skills to execute ideas. Three five-week modules introduce students to the three dimensional disciplines of Sculpture, Ceramics and Jewellery. Mandatory for Year 1 students DR100E Drawing I 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims to develop students’ observational and recording skills through drawing; the depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive mark-making using a variety of approaches and materials. Practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language.
AE302A & B Issues in Drawing and Painting IIa & IIb 3 credits per semester This course is a continuation of Issues in Drawing and Painting I. Students will be encouraged to develop personal vocabulary in drawing and painting through exploration of media and research in contemporary practice. Emphasis will be placed on concept development and translation of ideas through imagery.
DR101E Drawing II 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims for further development of students’ observational and recording skills through drawing. The depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive mark-making using a variety of approaches and materials. Application of practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language.
AE330A Introduction to Art Education 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the fundamental, historical and philosophical antecedents that influence and shapes contemporary art education practices and theories. Throughout the course students will focus on the exploration of issues, concepts, theories and philosophies that influence how we understand art, value art, create art, and teach art. AE335A Art Curriculum Development 1 semester - 3 credits This course allows students to delineate and examine important theories, concepts, and events that influence contemporary art education curriculum development.
GS205A Advanced Writing 1 semester - 2 credits This course focuses on providing students with academic writing skills, with emphasis on enhancing analytic skills.
Students will examine the events and the historical and socio-political currents that drive art education curriculum development in Jamaica making them more cognizant of the relationship between local and international trends in curriculum development. Using the local curriculum standards and guides, students will develop teaching units that foster learners' cognitive, social, physical emotional and perceptual growth. Throughout the course students will discuss the role of the art specialist; the function of subject matter; the role methods and materials play in facilitating learning and; the
AE207A Museum Education 1 semester - 2 credits This course explores how museums and art galleries can be used in the Caribbean context to teach art-related subjects, such as history, geography and sociology. The course starts with a concise overview of the history of museums and their functions in modern society, including a review of the main Caribbean museums and
110
connection of art education curriculum to other disciplines and governmental policies.
organizing skills at the service and development of an identified community and learning is promoted through and in the arts for schools and for the wider community. Students are challenged to research, design, present and execute a proposal for a communitybased project that helps to educate and support those who are interested in developing their talents in the field of the arts. Examples of such projects could include the development of after-school programming, innovative arts integration curriculum and research projects addressing historical, cultural issues and events that impact the teaching and learning process.
AE331A Assessment in the Art Classroom 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces student-teachers to the field of assessment and the shifts and tension points existing within the field. Specifically it provides them with opportunities to explore the idea of learner-centred assessment and to examine their roles within it. Student-teachers will question their assumptions about how students learn, the best way to teach and how to know if teaching has been successful. Throughout the course students will investigate and apply diverse approaches to varying assessment situations that may arise within the classroom. The course is centred in the philosophy of constructivism and the vision is for student teachers to become conversant with the principles and the key concepts of learner-centred assessment and become empowered to apply these to classroom contexts.
The vision is that through community based arts research projects, bridges will be created that unify different people for different reasons and purposes through the arts. Such efforts will invariably create positive relationships between the institution and the community. The project requires the combination of various academic skills research, teaching, writing, interviewing and design. It is also a valuable training ground for art teachers to develop skills in advocacy, to examine community and school relations, to identify issues, concerns and projects for research. Prerequisite: Research in Art Education I
AE330B Research in Art Education I 1 semester - 3 credits This course seeks to help the beginning art education researcher understand research process and practices and to initiate their preparation for conducting scholarly research and writing. Students will examine samples of research in art education, be introduced to research methods and develop skills in critically analyzing research in art education. Throughout the course students will be exposed to the contemporary issues in art and in the classroom (theoretical, philosophical) the national and global issues, and the policies that impact the practice of art education.
AE430A
Issues in Curriculum Design, Development, and Assessment 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a development from level II and introduces students to the important area of curriculum development and design in the training of teachers. AE401A & B
Independent Study 1 & ll (Art Education) 2 semesters - 6 credits This course examines the contemporary theories, methods, media and practices that underpin the learner-centred art classroom. Students should use knowledge gained from their research in art education as well as teaching practice experience to develop lessons, visual aids and other teaching and learning methodologies that demonstrate their understanding of the issues and trends that influence the field of curriculum; the characteristics, principles, functions and limitations of various approaches to visual arts curriculum development. Prerequisite: Completion of Year 3 courses
AE320B Curriculum: Methods and Media 1 semester - 3 credits This course examines the contemporary theories, methods, media and practices that underpin the learner-centred art classroom. Such a classroom is grounded in the understanding that learners are not passive receptors of knowledge but that they actively construct knowledge in their attempt to understand the world. In such a learning environment teacher and student become co-constructors of knowledge. AE332A Technology in the Art Classroom I 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to technology in the classroom, exposing them to a wide variety of technological equipment and their uses in the teaching of art.
AE420E
Secondary Student Teaching Practice 1 semester - 9 credits This component gives students the opportunity to experience the role of the teachers through practical application. Each student is required to complete a minimum of 270 hours of teaching in this course.
AE331B Technology in Art Education II 1 semester - 3 credits This course continues to prepare students to perform in technology enhanced learning environments, with emphasis on the teaching of art. GS400A & B Research in Art Education IIa & llb 2 semesters - 3 credits per semester The course functions as a practicum for collaborative public projects in the arts. It specifically explores the possibilities for collaborations between the school and the community and highlights the cultural negotiations necessary for such teamwork. Students will collaborate with community centres, churches, local schools, arts organizations and other community agents in an effort to engage the community and affect positive change. Here the trainee art educator will place his/her artistic and
111
JBTE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AC110SE Art Education I 1 semester - 3 credits This course is a prerequisite for Teaching Practice “Teaching and Learning Art/TEACHING LAB” Students will become familiar with the latest development in Art Education technology as the course focuses on the objectives and practical methodologies involved in teaching art. Students will learn how to use computer programmes and language for writing lesson plans, unit plans and course outlines. Practical observation in schools and internship in which the student will carry the responsibility to teach 2 or 3 class meetings will be required. Prerequisite - 2D & 3D DESIGN
DE100E 2D Design 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to fundamental elements of visual language – articulation of shape and organization of space, colour rhythm and movement – and examines their relationship to two-dimensional art forms. Students are encouraged to develop personal vocabulary through a process of experimentation and critical analysis while investigating the possibilities of diverse materials and acquiring technical skills to execute ideas. Three five-week modules introduce students to the two-dimensional disciplines of Printmaking or Textiles, Painting and Graphics. Mandatory for Year 1 students
ED242GE Technology in Education 2 semesters - 3 credits per semester This course prepares students to manage in technology enhanced learning situations. To provide communication strategies, creative graphics, better pictures, greater variety, flexibility of messages and a greater volume of information.
DE101E 3D Design 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to fundamental components of visual language – articulation and organization of form, colour, rhythm and movement – and examines their relationship to three-dimensional art forms. Students are encouraged to develop personal vocabulary through a process of experimentation and critical analysis while investigating the possibilities of diverse materials and acquiring technical skills to execute ideas. Mandatory for Year 1 students
AC212SE Art Education ll 2 semesters - 3 credits The group will meet 3 hours weekly to focus on special topics. Needs and concerns of student teachers Issues emerging from doing teaching practice Working with the educational community Developing creative teaching strategies This course also includes a module of Voice and Speech, which aims at developing awareness of speech organs, breathing mechanism and resonators. Prerequisite - Art Education 1
DR100E Drawing I 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims to develop students’ observational and recording skills through drawing; the depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive mark-making using a variety of approaches and materials. Practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language.
ED241GE Understanding the Learner 1 semester - 4 credits This is an introductory course that focuses primarily on understanding primary and secondary students as learners in the teaching and learning environment, and as children from different communities. This course is arranged in Units that examine the characteristics of students at different age levels, the student and learner in classrooms, their various socio-cultural settings and the communities from which they come and characteristics of the exceptional student.
DR101E Drawing II 1 semester - 3 credits Further development of students’ observational and recording skills through drawing. The depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive markmaking using a variety of approaches and materials. Application of practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language.
ED242GE
Principles of Teaching and Learning 1 semester - 4 credits This course is structured around five units which allow the student teacher to think about and develop some principles of and approaches to teaching, and creating classroom environments, and to engage in planning and teaching in different curricular and learning environments. Additionally, the course provides an introduction to principles of and approaches to integration, to alternative approaches to managing classroom environments and specific approaches to dealing with students’ behaviour.
ED141GE The Emergent Teacher 1 semester - 2 credits This course emphasizes active learning that creates awareness of student teachers’ beliefs, experiences and social conscience. It is envisioned that the constructivist methodologies, which are employed by tutors, will be transferred into the classroom to ensure quality learning for students. ED142GE
The Teacher, The School, The Society 1 semester - 2 credits This course examines the obligations and responsibilities that teachers have toward students and society, and the relationships that exist and ought to exist among teachers, students, schools, and society. Student teachers will gain an understanding of the historical, social, cultural and economic factors that affect school cultures.
TP215GE Teaching Option 2 semesters - 6 credits Students choose one course for the year or each semester from each department of the school. This is done in consultation with the Department Heads.
112
ED340SE Assessment in the Classroom 1 semester - 3 credits In this course, student teachers will critically examine the teacher’s role as assessor, decision-maker and evaluator. They will develop a better understanding of assessment-related terms, concepts and principles. They will gain practice in the rudiments of assessment procedures, conduct evaluation and prepare reports about the performance of students.
F*102EL Teaching Option 2 semesters - 3 credits per semester Any one of the seven departments in the school can be elected as a minor Department, students choose from a suggested list of courses as set out below for Art Education students in consultation with the Head of Art Education Department. Prerequisite - 2D & 3D DESIGN Computer-Aided Design - Semester 1 only Painting - Semester 1 only Ceramics or Sculpture - Semester 1 only Jewellery - Semester 1 only Textiles - Semester 1 only
AC310SA Art Education III 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims at further development of the theoretical framework as well as the methods and materials appropriate for art experiences suitable for grades 7 - 11 secondary. Students will develop strategies and procedures for the creative teaching of art and will plan units and lessons based on cumulative, developmental teaching experiences in visual art and interdisciplinary classroom work. Prerequisite - Art Education l & ll
ED341GE Classroom Assessment 1 semester - 3 credits In this course, student teachers will critically examine the teacher’s role as assessor, decision-maker and evaluator. They will develop a better understanding of assessment-related terms, concepts and principles. They will gain practice in the rudiments of assessment procedures, conduct evaluation and prepare reports about the performance of students.
TP312GE
Teaching Option 1 semester - 3 credits per semester or 2 semesters - 6 credits Students choose two or three courses for the year from departments of the school. Students may choose one 6-credit course and one 3-credit course or three 3-credit courses to gain 9 credits for the year. This is done in consultation with the Department Heads.
DRAWING COURSES DR100E Drawing I 1 semester - 3 credits This course aims to develop students’ observational and recording skills through drawing; the depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive mark-making using a variety of approaches and materials. Practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language.
TP313GE
Teaching Practice Practicum (13 - 15 weeks) 1 semester - 9 credits This course is a full-time Practicum in which students teach in the secondary schools under direct supervision of co-operating teachers. These teachers will guide the students’ gradual assumption of the full-time responsibilities of the role as art teachers. College supervisors will make site visits to observe and critique each student’s progress. Prerequisite - Art Education Seminar 1& ll
DR101E Drawing II 1 semester - 3 credits Further development of students’ observational and recording skills through drawing. The depiction of form, space and light through the exploration of expressive markmaking using a variety of approaches and materials. Application of practical techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development of a personal visual language.
LA141GE College English I 2 semesters - 4 credits The purpose of this course is to strengthen the knowledge previously acquired and to widen students’ experience with the language in order to affect a high degree of facility in the use of the English language in varying situations. LA241GE & LA341GE College English II & III 2 semesters each - 4 credits per year This course will provide the forum for the retention and use of those aspects of the English language already learnt as well as enrich the student teachers’ language power and expose them to those areas hitherto unexplored, in order to ensure the further development of the teacher through the development of his/her language. Prerequisite - College English 1& 2 respectively. A*203Y Teaching Option 2 semesters - 6 credits Studio 1 is the Department in which the student does his/her main concentration of studio work for the year. Any one of the seven departments in the school can be elected as a Studio 1 Department. Students choose from a suggested list of courses for Art Education students. in consultation with the Head of Art Education Department. Prerequisite - 2D & 3D Design
DR200A Life Drawing 1 semester - 3 credits The human figure, its positions, movement, relationship to the environment, will be thoroughly studied from the life model. Anatomy will be introduced and the discipline of building a drawing through stages will be emphasized. DR200B Drawing from Observation 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces the analytical and expressive drawing of objects. From lighting, spatial relationship and other techniques are investigated. Students begin to develop fluency in drawing and start to pursue a personal approach. DR201A & B Issues in Drawing Ia & Ib 3 credits per semester For centuries drawing was little more than the essential preliminary to all painting practice. Today technical innovation and conceptual and minimalist preoccupations
113
have once more challenged drawing’s traditional compass. This course looks at its response and role in the continuing quest for clarity of thought and expression.
GS101 A & B Introduction to Critical Analysis I&II 2 credits per semester This course introduces students to critical thinking and analysis, and encourages students to develop independent and theoretical points of view. Through lectures, visiting artists, video screenings and gallery visits; students will be exposed to a broad range of visual culture as well as basic concepts and vocabulary. Emphasis will be placed on discussing and interpreting art in relation to its historical, social, political, cultural and personal context.
DR300A & B Issues in Drawing IIa & IIb 3 credits per semester This course further develops its response and role in the continuing quest for clarity of thought and expression. This is done through a wide range of approaches to drawing. DR301 A & B Concept Development through Drawing I & II 3 credits per semester This course will provide a foundation in the fundamentals of drawing, while developing basic skills that will enable students to discern where their creative talents lie. Students will be encouraged to investigate and pursue individual concerns using drawing as an investigating tool and a means of study and analysis, important to the process of concept building.
GS104 A&B - Caribbean History, Culture and Aesthetics I & II 2 credits per semester This course will broaden the student’s understanding of their society through an examination of the history of the Caribbean and its relationship to cultural identity, the major cultural influences in the Caribbean and their contribution to the development of Caribbean aesthetics.
DR302A & B Drawing for Design I & II 3 credits per semester This course is designed to establish and develop the important relationship between drawing and designing, whether in Ceramics, Jewellery or Painting. Students will use various sources for study, which include the figure, the object or simply free expression.
GS102A & B Introduction to Spanish I & II
2 credits per semester
GS103A & B Information Technology I & II 3 credits per semester This course prepares students to manage in technology enhanced learning situations, to provide communication strategies, creative graphics, better pictures, greater variety, flexibility of messages and a greater volume of information.
CA101A & B Still Life and Figure Drawing I and II 3 credits per semester This course focus will include an investigation of the role of line, shape, tonal values, and volume in an environment that encourages your personal creativity. Working from objects and the figure, students will learn how to estimate shapes, see relationships and measure proportions. Imagination will be used to develop visualization skills and create inventive images.
GS202A & B Caribbean Literature Ia & IIb 2 credits per semester This course gives students the opportunity to extend their knowledge and appreciation of Caribbean writers and their works in novels, poetry and drama; while also developing skills in critical analysis. GS001Y Personal Development compulsory but not for credit GS003Y Personal Development compulsory but not for credit This course seeks to assist students in the development of life skills, which will encourage self-awareness, the development of healthy interpersonal relations, library literacy and social skills as they embark on the task of becoming role models in their role/work as educators and generally useful citizens in the society.
GENERAL STUDIES COURSES GS100A&B English l &II 2 credits per semester This course is designed to improve proficiency in the use of Standard English skills in reading, writing, listening and speaking. Students will work towards fluency in the correct use of grammar and mechanics of punctuation and spelling.
GS300A & B Research Methods Ia & Ib 2 semesters - 4 credits This course offers exposure to Research Methods and procedures for conducting original research projects. Research types and formats, language and terminology, measurements and instruments are studied. Also explored are the problems of validity and reliability and the procedures and methods available for establishing these. Planning, conducting and presentation of an original research or thesis are studied through student seminars based on preliminary research in selected topics. A practical and uniform method to be followed in the writing and presentation of the research paper is introduced.
LA241GE College English II 2 credits per semester This course focuses on the process of creating literary works. Students will read, write and perform works in the literary genre of poetry, short stories, essays, advertisements and drama. Students will develop skills in analyzing and appreciating the different genres, while utilizing appropriate grammar and vocabulary. GS002Y College English This course seeks to identify and address those fundamental weaknesses in the use of English, which are required for the oral and written products of students. This course will improve the students’ ability to communicate successfully at the more complex level of English that College English programmes demand. Prerequisite - English
GS302A & B World Literature Ia & IIb 2 credits per semester This course provides an opportunity for students to read and analyze international literary works by writers from Europe, Africa, Asia and the Americas. This course can be taken at Levels 2 or 3.
114
GS201A Psychology I 1 semester - 2 credits This course provides an introduction to the discipline of psychology, tracing its origins. It focuses on theories which have dominated the discipline which account for human development across the life span, and the importance of research in the understanding and practice of psychology. Topics include motivation and demotion, and mental disorders.
AH100B History of Art Survey II 1 semester - 2 credits This is a survey course that explores selected aspects of Art History, spanning from the Renaissance to Impressionism. Emphasis is placed on Western Art but comparison is also made with a range of different cultures, including Asia, the Middle East, the Americas and Africa. Focus is placed on styles and their contexts that have special relevance to the curriculum. Projects are set which enrich the programme and aid in the learning of the philosophies and ideas of different periods in the history of art.
GS201B Psychology II 1 semester - 2 credits This course continues the study of the discipline of psychology. It focuses on the development of personality and introduces students to the sub-field of social psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology I
AH102E
Visuality and the Jamaican Experience 1 semester - 2 credits In the Caribbean, visual and performance cultures can have multiple and often contradictory effects. These cultural forms can simultaneously be vehicles for personal expression, means of socialization, or sites for political mobilization. They can become symbols of cultural solidarity, but they are also sites where competing and contested stakes in national culture are fought. From artifacts to contemporary art and popular styles, this class introduces students to the aesthetic production of visual forms in Jamaica. Moreover, we examine the use of visual culture in the reclamation and invention of history and the self-fashioning of racial and national identities. How do these visual cultural forms shape Jamaican public discourse and how are they fashioned by them? How do these forms visually construct/perform/transform debated identities?
GS200A Business of Art and Design I 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces the concepts, ideas and practices of business and commerce to students. Areas which will be covered include entrepreneurship, the basic business idea, marketing and pricing. References will be made to existing businesses in the arts. GS200B Business of Art and Design II 1 semester - 2 credits This course is a continuation of Business of Art and Design I. Areas to be covered include the business plan, operating budgets, financial and non-financial recordkeeping and legal environments. Students will be exposed to the various opportunities in art. Prerequisite: Business of Art and Design I
AH202A Introduction to African Art 1 semester - 2 credits The course approaches African Art from a non-Western perspective, investigates the influence of African Art on Jamaican Art, and looks at the role of the African artist, their function and importance in society. Sculpture, weaving, painting, costume, dress symbolisms are all looked at as they relate to the culture they serve.
GS400A & B
Research in Art Education IIa & IIb 2 semesters - 4 credits Data gathering, Preliminary analysis and Finalisation of research. Individual tutorials and occasional seminars related to specific methodological problems assist students with the research, writing and presentation of the final research paper.
AH203B Issues in African Art 1 semester - 2 credits The course explores issues related to traditional and contemporary African Art from a non-western perspective, with emphasis on continuities in the art of contemporary Africa and the Diaspora.
GS404B Caribbean Studies 1 semester - 2 credits This course facilitates the examination of the history of the Caribbean societies and their political and social processes in relation to the arts generally. It traces the growth of cultural identity in the region and identifies some of the roots of current Caribbean problems. Caribbean Studies is a requirement for the Diploma Programme. Prerequisite: Caribbean History, Aesthetics
AH204A Black British Art 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces students to the art of Black British artists since the 1950s. It explores the historical parameters and context of the modern black presence in Britain and discusses the work of individual artists who have significantly impacted art in a now multi-racial Britain.
ART HISTORY
AH205B Art of the Black Diaspora 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces students to the work of artists of the black Diaspora internationally. It explores the historical parameters and context of the modern Black presence in urban cities and discusses the work of individual artists whose work has significantly contributed to the development of a black art form. The course examines notions of blackness and a black aesthetic and how such concepts have impacted the art practice of artists in places such as Europe, USA, Latin America and the Caribbean. It considers common issues such as Pan-Africanism, attitudes to race and
AH100A History of Art Survey l 1 semester - 2 credits This is a survey course that explores selected aspects of Art History, spanning the period from prehistory to the Middle Ages. Focus is given to those stylistic periods that have special relevance to the curriculum. Projects are set which enrich the programme and aid in the learning of the philosophies and ideas of different periods in the history of art.
115
identity, and cultural difference and attempts to establish links between current art practice in Jamaica and other artists within the Black Diaspora.
AH101A Looking at Art I 1 semester - 2 credits This course is designed to develop insight and appreciation of different art forms, widening the artistic horizon of the student and developing critical abilities and art vocabulary.
AH300A Pre-Columbian Art History 1 semester - 2 credits This course explores the art traditions of a selected number of Pre-Columbian cultures.
AH101B Looking at Art II 1 semester - 2 credits This course continues the examination of artforms and practice with emphasis on developing critical abilities.
AH300B Latin American Art History 1 semester - 2 credits This course surveys modernist trends in Latin American Art. In particular, it focuses on the populist mural tradition and the influence of the Mexican aesthetic in the 19th and 20th centuries; the reassessment of the Latin American identity to accommodate European, African and Amerindian contributions; and emergence of more socially motivated art concerned with politics and dictatorships from the 1930s through to the present.
UWI/EMC Open Choice Courses LEVEL I
AH301A
Caribbean: Cultural Production and Social Information in the British West Indies 1660 – 1860 1 semester - 2 credits Through the various types of cultural media produced between 1660 and 1860 (maps, architecture, painting, engraving, sculpture, lithographs, ceramic and silverware), this course provides an overview of the complex and dynamic interplay between historical events, politics, economic interests and aesthetic production as shown by the visual body of artwork commissioned and created by Britons and their Englishspeaking Caribbean colonists during the period 1660-1860.
VA18A Life Drawing I 1 semester - 3 credits In this course, the model is used as a reference to approach the study of shape, form and space in terms of line, tone and volume. The element of balance and proportion as well as individual and expressive approach to the figure by combining media in unusual ways is encouraged. Prerequisite: None VA18B Aspect of Drawing 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces the analytical and expressive drawing of objects. Form lighting, spatial relationship and other techniques are investigated. Students begin to develop fluency in drawing and start to pursue a personal approach, and line from objects. Visits to a number of off-campus locations are done. Prerequisite: None
AH302B Re-reading the Caribbean 1 semester - 2 credits Re-reading the Caribbean: Theories, Geographical Definitions and Discussions concerning a Caribbean Poetics Discourse. A course that introduces students to theories, geographical definitions and discussions concerning a Caribbean Poetics and Aesthetic in modern Jamaican and Caribbean Art c. 1900 –2000. AH200A Modern Western Art I 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces students to the development and context of Modern Western Art from Realism to Postmodernism and to place it in a context concurrent with developments in Jamaican and Caribbean Art.
VA19C
Art and Process (Introduction to Critical Analysis) 1 semester - 3 credits To broaden students’ understanding of the process by which art is produced, and to introduce students to contemporary approaches to Art. Prerequisite: None
AH200B Modern Western Art II 1 semester - 2 credits This course examines developments in Modern Western Art after World War II. Emphasis will be placed on Postmodernism and issues related to contemporary practice.
VA154 Introduction to Photography 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces the student to black and white photography both from a technical viewpoint and towards a personal vision. Basic rules of composition, aesthetic qualities of the print and self expression are all important. Students also learn the technical aspects of darkroom and camera functions. Prerequisite: None
AH201A Modern Jamaican Art 1 semester - 2 credits This course familiarizes students with the development and context of Jamaican and Caribbean Art of the 20th Century.
VA19A History of Art Survey l 1 semester - 3 credits VA19B History of Art Survey ll 1 semester - 3 credits The Art and Architecture of Prehistory. Antiquity and the Middle Ages (Semester I ) Prerequisite: None
AH201B Modern Caribbean Art 1 semester - 2 credits In this course students examine issues related to the development of contemporary art practice in Jamaica and the Caribbean.
116
From the Renaissance to Romanticism in European Painting and Sculpture (Semester II) Prerequisite: History of Art Survey I This survey course explores selected aspects of art history of specific relevance to the curriculum, spanning the period from prehistory to the 19th century. The course seeks to equip students with a good basic understanding to the main conceptual, thematic, stylistic and technical developments in the selected periods and cultures, placed in a broader cultural and historical context. While structured as a conventional survey, the course also provides a critical perspective on Western art-historiography. This course can be taken on Tuesdays or Wednesdays.
VA203 Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I 2 semesters - 6 credits Students are introduced to basic silkscreen printing techniques and the application of the medium to commercial design and printing. Students are also encouraged to develop their own individual style of design for expression. Prerequisite: None VA20B Latin American Art 1 semester - 3 credits This course investigates a case study of the Mexican Muralist, with particular reference to the emergence of the Mexican aesthetic in the part of the 19th centuries, specifically the work of Rivera, Siguerios and Orozco. Prerequisite: None
VA160
Entrepreneurial Skills for Artists & Designers 2 semesters - 6 credits This course introduces the concepts, ideas and practices of business and commerce to students of art. Prerequisite: None
VA20A Pre-Columbian Art 1 semester - 3 credits This survey course in non-western art will expose students to artistic tradition of Meso-American and Andean regions of ancient America. VA20H Introduction to African Art 1 semester - 3 credits This course approaches African Art from a Non-Western perspective, investigates the influence of African Art on Jamaican Art and looks at the role of the African artist, their function and importance in the society. Sculpture, weaving, painting, costume dress symbolism are all looked at as they relate to the culture they serve. Prerequisite: None
VA161 Printmaking I 2 semesters - 6 credits This course introduces students to working with machines and tools and the process of impression and edition making. Students will receive instruction in woodprinting in black and white and colour, as well as in the ancient technique of paper printing. Prerequisite: None
VA20L Issues in African Art 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores issues related to traditional and contemporary African Art from a non-western perspective, with emphasis on continents in the art of contemporary Africa and the diaspora. Prerequisite: None
LEVEL II VA21C Life Drawing II 1 semester - 3 credits The human figure, its positions, movement, relationship to the environment, will be thoroughly studied from the model. Anatomy will be introduced and the discipline of building a drawing through stages will be emphasized. Prerequisite: None
VA204 Arts Administration l 2 semesters - 6 credits (See timetable for Organizational Structure and Arts Administration l & ll) This course includes examining policy development in a political and social context, the finance and marketing of arts events and comparison between the arts in the English-speaking Caribbean and other territories in the region. Prerequisite: None
VA21D Drawing from Observation 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces the analytical and expressive drawing of objects. From lighting, spatial relationship and other techniques are investigated. Students begin to develop fluency in drawing and start to pursue a personal approach, and line from objects. Visits to a number of off-campus locations are done. Prerequisite: None
VA26C Modern Western Art I 1 semester - 3 credits This course familiarizes students with the development of the origin of Modernism. Prerequisite: None
VA254 Intermediate Photography 2 semesters - 6 credits This course provides students with the opportunity to expand on the basic knowledge acquired in the introductory course. Further exploration of the camera use and darkroom is encouraged. Prerequisite: Introduction to Photography VA202 Printmaking II 2 semesters - 6 credits The relief printmaking techniques of collography and woodcut are studied as well as experimental printmaking using embossing, mono-printing, found object printing and mixed media printing. Proper use and cleaning of equipment is emphasized and technical skill is stressed. Prerequisite: None
VA26D Modern Western Art II 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to the development of Art from Modernism to Postmodernism looking at its influences in contemporary art in Jamaica and the Caribbean region. Prerequisite: Modern Western Art I
117
LEVEL III
VA306 Silkscreen Printing II 2 semesters - 6 credits This course is a continuation of Silkscreen Printing I. Students are encouraged to develop personal imagery and to move towards producing fine art silkscreen prints. Students are also introduced to photographic silkscreen. Prerequisite: Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I
VA20F
Principles and Practices of Art Criticism 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores the aesthetics concepts central to the understanding and enjoyment of works of art, the meaning of concepts used in discussing and the understanding of iconography and other elements and their expression particularly in Jamaican Art; stylistic trends in Jamaican Art, relationships between the visual arts and other artistic expressions in Jamaica and art as a subjective experience of artist and viewer. Prerequisite: None
VA307 Arts Administration II 2 semesters - 6 credits This course examines the link between policy and implementation. How theory and practice combine to produce strategies for delivery of the arts product in the creative/cultural industries. It also provides for hands-on experience in arts and culture organization. Prerequisite: Arts Administration I
VA20G Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores the aesthetics concepts central to the understanding and enjoyment of works of art, the meaning of concepts used in discussing and the understanding of iconography and other elements and their expression particularly in Jamaican Art; stylistic trends in Jamaican Art, relationships between the visual arts and other artistic expressions in Jamaica and art as a subjective experience of artist and viewer. Prerequisite: None
VA308 Advance Photography 2 semesters - 6 credits This course sets out to epuip students with skills necessary to produce quality photographic images. The students will be expected to develop their technical skills alongside the artistic composition component in order to express their personal interpretation of their chosen subject matter. The emphasis of the course will be on fine art photography. VA309 Digital Imagery 2 semesters - 6 credits This course is software driven. Adobe Photoshop programme is used as an artist's tool to solve basic design problems and create original, innovative work. Emphasis is on exploring the visual elements inherent in good design. Students are encouraged to use personal imagery. Prerequisite: None
VA30A Modern Jamaican Art 1 semester - 3 credits This course familiarizes students with the development of Jamaican Art of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: None VA30B Modern Caribbean Art 1 semester - 3 credits This course familiarizes students with the development of Caribbean Art of the twentieth Century. Prerequisite: None VA304
Concept Development through Drawing 2 semesters - 6 credits In this course students will be encouraged to investigate and pursue individual concerns using drawing as an investigating tool and a means of study and analysis, important to the process of concept building. VA37A
Printmaking IIIA - The Intaglio Print 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces knowledge of the technique of printing from metal, the development of the hollow printing and the use of varnishes, acids and resins to print images in black and white. Prerequisite: None VA37B Printmaking IIIB - Lithography 1 semester - 3 credits This course shows a new type of surface printing. The students are introduced to black and white lithography, making images through different procedures: pencil, gouache, pen and ink, collage etc. Prerequisite: None
118
ELECTIVES (ALL DEPARTMENTS)
FACULTY
FL100LE Time-based Media Semester 1/2 - 3 credits This course introduces students to the various time-based mediums and learning methods of analyzing various examples. This course is based on creating projects which relate to works which have been screened as well as concepts discussed in lectures and workshops. Students will learn to work collaboratively and individually to create projects using major industry software such as Flash MX and Photoshop. Examples of works in the following categories such as film, photography, animation, video art, interactive art/websites, and motion design will be screened and there will be exposure to non-linear video editing, sound recording and editing. The works screened will be from various sources in visual culture and the course is designed to allow students to link idea and practice with what is happening in the industry and fine art.
Full-Time Petrona Morrison Director of School (Acting) M.F.A. (Painting), Howard University College of Fine Arts; B.A. Fine Arts (Summa Cum Laude), McMaster University, Canada Miriam Hinds Assistant to the Director M.A., Winchester School of Art, University of Southampton, UK; Diploma, Textiles, Edna Manley College
EL002A Introduction to Photography Semester 1/2 - 3 credits This course introduces the student to black and white photography both from a technical viewpoint and towards a personal vision. Basic rules of composition, qualities of the print and self expression are all important. Students also learn the technical aspects of darkroom and camera functions.
Cecil Cooper Head of Fine Arts Department, Lecturer - Painting M.F.A. (Painting), School of Visual Arts, New York, U.S.A.; B.F.A. (Painting), School of Visual Arts, New York, U.S.A; Diploma (Painting), Jamaica School of Art
EL200A Intermediate Photography 1 semester - 3 credits This course is geared towards personal visual observations. Students will focus on how we visually process the images we see on a daily basis. The effect of lighting is extremely important and should be explored and used in dramatic ways to affect the visual images we document. Each assignment will be open for personal interpretation. Students should endeavour to be original. Prerequisite: Introduction to Photography
Garth Sanguinetti Head of Applied Arts Department, Lecturer - Jewellery M.A. (Industrial Jewellery Design), University of Cen. Eng; Master Designer (Goldsmith), Staatliche Zeichenakademic, West Germany; Diploma (Jewellery Design), Jamaica School of Art; Certificate (Art Education), Edna Manley College; Certificate (Design), O.A.S. Fellowship
EL200B Advance Photography 1 semester - 3 credits Self-motivation and further exploration of new and varied themes are central to this course. Students are encouraged to explore photographic information in a sequence, and the narrative possibilities of the image, as well as to observe their environment and respond to interesting moments as they unfold.
Margaret Chen M.F.A., York University; B.F.A., York University; Diploma (Sculpture), Jamaica School of Art
EL300A Photography Open Lab I 1 semester - 3 credits This course facilitates the exploration of photography from a multi-disciplinary perspective, with emphasis on developing personal visual language.
David Dunn Diploma (Ceramics), Jamaica School of Art; Certificate (Design), O.A.S. Fellowship, Certificate, Ceramics Production
EL300B Photography Open Lab II 1 semester - 3 credits Students continue exploration of the multi-disciplinary possibilities of photography, developing a body of work which explores issues of personal concern.
Oswald Mattis MSc. (Communication Design), Pratt Institute, USA, Diploma (Graphic Design), Jamaica School of Art
EL244E Computer- Aided Design for Artists 1 semester - 3 credits This course ensures that students are capable of applying computer-aided design (CAD) software to the design and presentation of their projects, and makes them aware of the manufacturing capabilities of computer technology. Projects will focus on design presentation, and hands-on experience in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include CAD hardware, geometric modeling rendering, and an introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
Omari Ra M.F.A., University of Massachusetts (pending); Certificate (Painting), Edna Manley College Patricia Kentish-Skeete Diploma (Design), Ontario College of Art, Canada; Certificate (Textile Spinning & Weaving), Southern Indian Textile Research
119
Eugenio D’Melon Barrios M.A. (Printing), Graduate Institute of Art, Cuba; B.A. (Printing), National Academy of Plastic Art, Cuba
Kericee Fletcher M.F.A., Washington University; Diploma (Painting), Edna Manley College Part-Time
Donnette Zacca M.F.A. (Studio Art/Art Education), Maryland Institute College of Art; Diploma (Graphic Design & Art Education), Jamaica School of Art
Lutalo Makonzi D.F.A. (Fine Arts), C.F.A. (Fine Art), University of East Africa, Postgraduate Certificate in (Small Business Management), U.W.I.; Postgraduate Certificate (Graphic Reproduction and Printing), London; Industrial Design Ceramics; R.C.A. London College of Printing, England.
Nicole Johnson M.A.E. University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth, M.F.A. (Painting), University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth, Diploma (Painting), Edna Manley College David Soutar Bachelor of Fine Arts, Savannah College of Art & Design
Phillip Supersad In-house Training, Things Jamaican, Certificate (Ceramics), Centre for International Technical Cooperation, Rome, Italy; Diploma (Ceramics), Jamaica School of Art
Margaret Stanley B.A. (Fashion and Textiles), Ravensbourne College of Art, England; Diploma (Art and Design), Ravensbourne College of Art, England
Diana Wright Diploma (Jewellery Design), Jamaica School of Art. Stanford Watson Certificate (Painting), Jamaica School of Art
Isreal Delmonte MFA (Painting), BFA (Painting), Cuba
Donesha Burke MSc. (Clinical Psychology), UWI; BA (Psychology & Human Resource Management), The University of the West Indies
Claudia Hucke MA. (Art History), University of Hamburg, Germany Robert Archer Diploma (Graphic Design), Jamaica School of Art, Certificate, Netherlands, GNBC
Norma Harrack Diploma (Ceramics), Jamaica School of Art; M.A. (Cultural Studies), The University of the West Indies
Carol Campbell Diploma (Applied Arts), Alberta College, Calgary, Canada
Sameer Tansley Diploma (Painting)
Petrina Dacres Phd. Emory University, BA, Cornell University
Raymond Watson Diploma, Jamaica School of Art
Paula Daley M.F.A. Maryland Institute College of Art Diploma (Painting), Edna Manley College, Diploma (Sculpture), Edna Manley College
Rosemarie Chung B.A. (Painting), Camberwell School of Art & Craft, London Leighton King B.A. (Graphic Design), Flagler College; Diploma (Architecture), University of Technology (Jamaica)
Kerena Chang-Fatt MA (Art Education), Ohio State University; Diploma (Painting), School of Visual Arts, Edna Manley College
Rachel Wade B.A. (Animation & Graphic Design), Surrey Institute of Art & Design, University College, Surrey, England
Winston Campbell M.A. (Pre-Columbian Art), University of Essex, UK; B.A. Hons. (Visual Arts & Philosophy), The University of the West Indies, Jamaica
120
Winston Campbell M.A. (History of Art), Essex University; B.A. (Visual Arts & Photography), The University of the West Indies Yakub Grant B.F.A., University of the Arts, London Jonathan Greenland PhD (Art History), Cambridge University Phyllis Hill PhD, M.A. (Art Education), Ohio State University; Diploma (Textiles), Jamaica School of Art Nicole Johnson M.A. (Art Education), M.F.A. (Painting), University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth; Diploma (Painting), Edna Manley College Susan Lee Quee Diploma (Graphic Design), Jamaica School of Art Marlene Lewis M.F.A. (Painting), The New Jersey City University; B.F.A., Montclair State University Angela Medley MBA (Finance), Leeds University, UK; BSc., The University of the West Indies Khalfani Ra Diploma (Painting), Jamaica School of Art Yves Yearwood BA Hons, (Interior Archetecture), Middlesex University, UK Trudy Barrett MA (Art Education), Ohio State University, USA Diploma, (Painting), School of Visual Arts, Edna Manley College Andrea Haynes-Peart BFA (Illustration), Concordia University, Montreal, Canada
121
been developed from time to time in response to societal needs, and to cope and operate in the rapidly changing school systems that have been developing in the several countries. (2) Institutions charged with the responsibilities of executing the teacher education programmes. (3) The Faculty of Humanities and Education at The University of the West Indies with its responsibility to ensure that the best available knowledge, critical reflection and creative inputs are brought to bear upon the teacher education exercise. (4) Teachers’ organizations in the three countries. (5) Independent members drawn from the communities who bring to the exercise a wide range of interests.
Faculty of Education and Liberal Studies GENERAL INFORMATION The goal of the Faculty of Education and Liberal Studies Department is to prepare students for professional careers in education and arts management in collaboration with the Schools of Visual Arts, Dance, Drama and Music and the Arts Management Department. The Faculty is responsible for the delivery of the Bachelor of Arts in Arts Management, joint delivery of the JBTE education foundation and professional studies courses as well as the delivery of the College’s Core Courses. The durations of the degree and diploma courses are as follows:
AIMS OF TEACHER TRAINING At the end of the training process, it is the aim of the JBTE to produce teachers who possess the necessary competencies to take their place as leaders in society. These competencies will encompass knowledge and understanding of their teaching subject(s), appropriate pedagogical expertise and an understanding of their role as teachers. The environment of teacher education should provide rich opportunities for students and tutors to engage in: (a) co-operative learning processes; (b) reflective activities which promote self and peer analysis; (c) inquiry and problem-solving activities; (d) learner-centred processes; (e) exposure to principles of relevant theories of learning. In general, the teaching/learning experiences should involve a high degree of interactiveness with meaningful dialogue and discussion among students and between students and lecturers. They should also encompass the development of desired personal attributes and skills that the teacher must possess.
Bachelor of Arts in Arts Management - Four (4) years Bachelor of Music Education - Four (4) years* Bachelor of Art Education - Four (4) years** Bachelor of Art education 36 credits Upgrade*** Bachelor of Education 45 - 66 credits Upgrade**** Diploma in Teaching (J.B.T.E. certified) - Three (3) years Offered in conjunction with the four Schools Students are challenged and supported at the same time, to excel in the extremely demanding and incredibly rewarding careers as teachers and arts administrators and managers. To qualify for the BA Arts Management degree students must successfully complete 120 credits over four (4) years. Students in the teacher education programme follow the JBTE regulations for teacher certification and students are prepared to teach in the Secondary School system from Grades 7 – 11. They are therefore exposed to a breadth of information in all Departments of the College that is essential to their training. To qualify for the Joint Board of Teacher Education Diploma (J.B.T.E.) students must successfully complete a minimum of 109 credits over three (3) years. This Diploma is approved by the Joint Board of Teacher Education and the Ministry of Education.
Certification (a) Students who have completed a course of study approved by the JBTE and who have satisfied the conditions of passing as set out in these regulations, shall be deemed to have qualified for the award of the JBTE Diploma in Teaching. (b) The qualification for certification shall be successful completion of the programme approved by the JBTE, and the possession of qualities and characteristics suitable for teaching. (c) i. Teacher’s Diploma shall not be valid unless it has been approved by and carries the signature of the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Education or his/her nominee, the Principal for the College or his/her nominee, and the Chairman of the JBTE or the Director of the School of Education, The University of the West Indies. ii. Any one of the signatories in (c) (i) above may withhold his/her signature, and advise the JBTE accordingly of his/her reason(s) for doing so. iii. Where a diploma is withheld in accordance with (ii) above, the student’s name shall not appear on the pass list until the JBTE subsequently approves the award of the diploma.
The JBTE is a partnership in teacher education. The major partners are drawn from: (1) Ministries of Education with their interest in ensuring that the teachers emerge from teacher education institutions competent to teach the curricula that have For courses *See page 74 **See page 97 ***See Handbook: Degree Upgrade Opportunities for School of Visual Arts Graduates 1987-2007 ****See Handbook: Consortium of Institutions for Teacher Education (CITE) Bachelor of Art in Education and Teaching of Visual & Performing Arts
122
Levels of Passes (i) The type of Diploma (i.e. Honours, Credit or Pass) awarded by the JBTE will be determined by the Grade Point Average (GPA) of the student. The GPA is calculated by averaging the individual grades of years 1, 2 & 3. (ii) Where an individual has been granted advanced placement, the type of award i.e. honours, credit or pass, shall be based on the overall average of all courses that he/she was required to complete. (iii) Diplomas awarded by the JBTE will be classified as follows: Award GPA Honours 3.4 - 4.0 Credit 2.7 - 3.39 Pass 1.7 - 2.69 (iv) Where in computing the GPA it is necessary to round scores, this shall be done to the 2 decimal point.
Programme Structure - Secondary Courses Professional Studies College English Literacy Studies Teaching Subject I Teaching Subject II Technology in Education Practicum Elective Personal Development Total Hours
Credit Hours 16 10 6 28 28 6 9 6 Non-credit 109
The Practicum The Faculty of Education and Liberal Studies in collaboration with the Head of the Departments in each school organizes 16 weeks of practice in teaching across the three years of study according to the structure approved by the JBTE.
JBTE Revision to Grading System A revised grading system (the column in bold in the table below) will become effective with new students entering colleges in August 2009. The old system will remain in place for students admitted up to 2008.
Appeal of Grades (i) Students may appeal their grades in any course in any of the Two Parts, provided that the appeal is lodged within six weeks of the ratification - normally in the October meeting of the J.B.T.E. (ii) The appeal must be lodged with the principal, who shall be obliged to carry out an investigation to ascertain the justification of the grounds of appeal. A nonrefundable fee to be set by the JBTE must accompany all appeals to the JBTE. (iii) If, in the opinion of the principal, there is justification for the appeal, the principal shall forward the appeal to the Secretariat of the JBTE. (iv) If, in the opinion of the principal, there are no justifiable grounds for the appeal, he/she shall notify the student in writing, copying it to the JBTE, and advising him/her of the right to appeal directly to the JBTE. (v) No appeal shall be entertained from students for courses in which they are incomplete or from students who have withdrawn from a programme.
REVISED GRADE POINT SCHEME Literal Grades A B+ B BC+ C CD E
Absence from Examinations Candidates who have not officially withdrawn from an examination and who do not sit an examination for which they have been entered shall be deemed to have failed with a grade of E. This rule will not apply to candidates who are granted an Aegrotat pass. Incompletion Where a student withdraws from an examination in course(s) prior to the date set, that student shall be classified as incomplete. A student withdrawing from an examination must do so in writing to the principal of the College no less than forty-eight hours before the examination is held and provide justifiable reasons for the request. A student classified as incomplete should be treated in the same way as a candidate sitting for the first time, i.e., the student is not referred.
123
Percentage Range Current Revised 80-100 80-100 70-79 75-79 65-69 70-74 60-64 65-69 55-59 60-64 50-54 55-59 45-49 50-54 40-44 40-49 0-39 0-39
Class of Awards Honours “ Credit “ Pass “ “ Fail “
Year I Code AM101A
Bachelor of Art - Arts Management Philosophical Statement The programme aims to provide training for persons who wish to work in the area of arts management or administration and for persons already involved in the management and administration of arts and culture organizations. The aim is to offer a distinctive combination of theory, studio and project based courses as well as hands on experience.
AM215A GS100A GS102A GS106A AM103A
The Philosophy of the BA Arts Management programme is to create an environment that places the students' academic development within a cultural, social, religious, ethical and artistic context facilitating synergy with creative industry stakeholders both formal and informal to steer programme quality and maintain relevance
Code AM 101B AM215B GS100B GS102B GS106B
The programme also aims to build a reserve of trained arts managers and administrators with the vision, foresight and creativity to move the arts forward in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Credit Requirements To qualify for the B.A. – Arts Management, full-time students will be required to successfully complete: - a minimum of 121 credits over four (4) years, as set out below.
Year II Code AM104A AM214A AM223A AM216A AM212A AM218E
YEAR I Major - 10 Credits per year General - 8 Credits per year Adjunct - 4 Credits per year Electives Studio Rotation - 8 credits per year Total Credits 30 YEAR II Major - 11 Credits per year General - 8 Credits per year Adjunct - 5 Credits per year Electives Studio Rotation - 7 credits per year Total Credits 31
Code AM104B AM217B
YEAR III Major - 15 Credits per year General - 6 Credits per year Adjunct - 6 Credits per year Electives Studio Rotation - 3 Credits per year Total Credits 30
AM215B AM202B AM213B AE207A
YEAR IV Major - 12 Credits per year General - 8 Credits per year Adjunct - 4 Credits per year Electives Studio Rotation - 6 Credits per year Total Credits 30
124
SEMESTER I Course Introduction to the Visual & Performing Arts Practice I Introduction to Arts Management College English I Introduction to Spanish I Ethics, Creativity and the Self I Basic Accounting Elective SEMESTER II Course Introduction to the Visual & Performing Arts Practice II Introduction to Arts Management II College English II Introduction to Spanish II Ethics, Creativity and the Self II Elective Elective SEMESTER I Course Organizational Structure and Arts Admin. I Managing Our Resources Communication Skills Technical Writing National Identity and the Arts Elective Facilities Management for Arts Managers Elective SEMESTER II Course Organizational Structure and Arts Admin. II Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework of Business Introduction to Event Planning Introduction to Arts Marketing Financial Management and Accounting Elective Museum and Art Education I
Credits 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Credits 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Credits 2 3 3 2 2 2 2
Credits 2 3 2 3 2 3
Year III Code AM302A AM306A AM303A AM304A AE207B
Code AM302B AM306B AM305B AM301B AM312B Year IV Code AM414A AM408A GS400A AM404A
Code AM414B AM408B AM409B AM406B
SEMESTER I Course Arts, Culture and Tourism in the Caribbean Events Management and Media Relations I Product Design Entrepreneurship and the Arts Elective: Museum and Art Education II SEMESTER II Course Contemporary Issues in the Cultural Industries Events Management and Media Relations II Quality in Arts Management Arts and Culture: Policy Development Elective Exhibition Management SEMESTER I Course Arts Management Seminar Independent Study I Research Method I Electives: Managing Negotiations in the Cultural Industries Elective SEMESTER II Course Arts Management Seminar Independent Study II Research Paper Elective: Internship (Summer)
Joint Board of Teacher Education (J.B.T.E.) Courses
Credits 3 3 3 3
YEAR I Code LA141GE ED140GE ED141GE
Course College English I Emergent Teacher Teacher School & Society
Credits 2 2 2
Credits 3 3 3 3 3
YEAR II Code LA241GE LR211SE ED243GE ED245GE ED242GE
Course College English II Reading in the Content Area Technology in Education Understanding the Learner Principles of Teaching & Learning
Credits 2 3 3 4 4
Credits 3 3 2
YEAR III Code LA314GE ED342GE TP340GE
Course College English III Assessment in the Classroom Teaching Practice
Credits 2 3 6
3
2 2
Liberal Studies Credits 3 3 2 2 8
YEAR I Code GS100A & B GS302A & B GS202A & B GS104A GS104B GS001A & B GS102A & B
Arts Management Elective Courses Code GS106A GS106B AM103A AM217B AM202B AM251B AM104A AM104B AM212A AM303A AM305B AM302A
Course Ethics, Creativity and Self I Ethics, Creativity and Self II Basic Accounting Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework Introduction to Arts Marketing Introduction to Event Planning Organizational Structure and Arts Administration I Organizational Structure and Arts Administration II National Identity and the Arts Product Design Quality in Arts Management Arts Culture and Tourism in the Caribbean
Credits 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
125
Course English I & II World Literature I & II Caribbean Literature I & II Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics II Personal Development Introduction to Spanish I & II
Credits 4 4 2 2 4
AM104A & B
Organizational Structure and Arts Administration I & II 2 credits per semester This course introduces students to the process of administering the arts and techniques for managing this process. It also examines the human resource development component which represents the foundation for management of organizations.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Bachelor of Art - Arts Management Programme GS100A & B College English I & II 2 credits per semester This course is designed to build confidence in the use of language, to expand on student’s familiarity with literary styles and to encourage creative work. The course will involve analysis and evaluation of written work; creative writing criticism, writing reports and reviews; and look at the criteria for selecting literary work for teaching and learning as well as the approaches and methods for teaching literature.
GS102A & B Introduction to Spanish I & II 2 credits per semester This course introduces students to Spanish as a foreign Language. Students at low proficiency levels should acquire the Spanish language skills needed for effective communication in two (2) semesters. It includes intensive practice in pronunciation and structure.
AM101A & B
Introduction to the Visual & Performing Arts Practice I & II 2 credits per semester These courses help to sensitize the student to practice of the visual and performing arts. Each school offers a special experiential programme designed to stimulate interest in and appreciation of the practice of the arts.
This course aims to equip students with the confidence to speak and write Spanish and is reinforced through the practice of dialogue, songs and vocabulary. It integrates all aspects of the Spanish language; reading, writing, speaking, listening, grammar, phonetics and vocabulary.
GS106A Ethics, Creativity and Self I 1 semester - 2 credits This course seeks to facilitate the process of self development and create awareness of the synergistic relationship between the artistic process and personal development of the student. The emphasis is on holistic development incorporating ethical and moral development, the process of decision making and choices, values clarification and identity.
AM223A Communication Skills 3 credits This course explores the development of communication skills needed for effective functioning in the workplace as well as in the field of publicity. To introduce students to the elements of effective communication with particular reference to team building and public relations. AM212A National Identity and the Arts 1 semester - 2 credits This course examines the quest for a national identity in the artist, seeks to determine whether this has changed the landscape of the arts in Jamaica and how it relates to the rest of the world. To explore the strengths and weaknesses of the Jamaican artscape as it relates to these realities.
GS106B Ethics, Creativity and the Self II 1 semester - 2 credits This course is a continuation of Ethics, Creativity and the Self I. Students will continue the process of self development by examining through debate, research and discussion emotional intelligence, physical and emotional health, interpersonal dynamics, sexuality and relationship in the context of community with special emphasis on citizenship.
AM213B
Financial Management and Accounting 1 semester - 2 credits This course is designed to introduce students to the practice of financial management and accounting, in order to enable them to establish basic accounting operations and effectively manage the budgeting process. To explore methods of record keeping essential for the financial management of the Arts and Cultural Industries.
AM202B Introduction to Arts Marketing 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces students to a basic concept of marketing that focuses on customers and management techniques. AM103A Basic Accounting 1 semester - 2 credits This course provides students with the basic principles, concepts and techniques of accounting. This course aims to equip students with the tools to understand accounting principles and enable them to operate basic accounting systems either for self employment or in a corporate environment.
AM214A
Managing Our Resources: Libraries, Museums, Theatres and Art Galleries 3 credits per semester To sensitize students to the importance of libraries, museums, theatres and art galleries as educational facilities, leisure and recreational centres and repositories. To introduce students to the wealth of resources in libraries, museums, theatres and art galleries. It involves an introduction to media storage that captures information such as books, films, photography, art, maps and plans.
126
AM215A & B Introduction to Arts Management 2 credits per semester This course seeks to introduce the student to the area of arts management and the role of arts managers in facilitating and managing the development of creative outcomes of the artistic process. To identify what is arts management and its relevance for the development of arts in relation to leisure pursuits.
AM302A
Arts, Culture and Tourism in the Caribbean 1 semester - 3 credits This course examines the way in which the arts are represented in the development of Tourism and seeks to evaluate whether its impact could be enhanced in an effort to reinvent the Caribbean Tourism Product. To examine the contribution of arts and culture to tourism in the Caribbean and address issues of quality in terms of the way this is being presented.
AM216A Technical Writing 1 semester - 2 credits This course focuses on a practical approach to technical writing, such as proposals, project reports, abstracts, technical correspondence delivered in both hard copy and electronic media. This course will give students the opportunity to practice writing technical documents.
AM303A Product Design 1 semester - 3 credits This course looks at the process of interpreting art in a commercial way, making it commercially viable and income generating. It also examines the commercialization of sector development and the economic development of the industrial sector in the Caribbean. To identify and integrate the contribution of the artist as a significant component of mainstream economic development.
AM217B
Intellectual Property & the Legal Framework of Business 1 semester - 3 credits This course introduces students to issues involving Intellectual Property (IP) including copyright, patents, and trademarks and examines how these issues relate to the business practices of artistic expression. The issues will relate to the historical and international framework and will pay particular attention to Jamaica’s role in the promotion of intellectual property rights. In addition, the course provides an overview of the legal, regulatory and ethical environment in which business decisions must be made. This course exposes students to a variety of legal topics.
AM304A Entrepreneurship And The Arts 3 credits per semester This course examines the idea that the arts under the banner of the cultural industries, constitute a commodity that can be sold. To explore the possibility of enterprising arts practitioners and entrepreneurs developing new arts products and stimulating new arts consumers. It also examines government support for entrepreneurial practices in the arts. AM305B Quality in Arts Management 1 semester - 3 credits This course explores ideas of quality in service provision and service delivery. It examines the construct of providing increasing levels of satisfaction to discerning service and product recipients by product and service delivery in the arts. To explore and impart ideas of quality in arts management, quality being the outcome of the ‘customer care relationship’ between service/product/purchaser on one side and service/provider/producer on the other.
AM218E
Facilities Management for Arts Managers 1 semester - 2 credits This course introduces students to the functions, procedures and systems necessary to plan, develop, operate and maintain indoor and outdoor environment. Emphasis is on the importance of the facilities manager’s role in maintaining the physical structure/building, grounds, security, comfort, and profitability, in addition to public assembly licences and other parameters.
AM306A & B
Events Management I & II 2 semesters - 3 credits per semester This course introduces students to the techniques and methods used in planning, organizing, promoting and staging arts and cultural events. To demonstrate the principles that need to be adhered to in organizing a successful event and the process to be followed in ensuring this.
AM251B Introduction to Event Planning 1 semester - 2 credits This course is designed to familiarize students with best practices for managing and planning well-executed meetings and events; including selection of appropriate sites, pre-event publicity and marketing, audio-visual aids, budgeting, negotiating and contracts.
GS400A Research Methods 2 credits This course offers exposure to Research Methods and procedures for conducting original research projects. Research types and formats, language and terminology, measurements and instruments are studied. Also explored are the problems of validity and reliability and the procedures and methods available for establishing these. Planning, conducting and presentation of an original research or thesis are studied through student seminars based on preliminary research in selected topics. A practical and uniform method to be followed in the writing and presentation of the research paper is introduced.
AM301B
Arts and Culture: Policy Development I semester - 3 credits This course explores the impact of arts and cultural policy development and implementation both locally and regionally. To sensitize students to the issues involved in policy development and planning and its impact on implementation.
127
AM414A & B Arts Management Seminar I & II 6 credits This course explores ideas which impact on the process of arts development by examining current trends and issues within the Entertainment and Hospitality sectors. To explore strategies for developing the arts, looking at the cultural context and the human resource development, financing and marketing issues.
JOINT BOARD OF TEACHER EDUCATION & LIBERAL STUDIES COURSES LA141GE College English I 2 semesters - 4 credits The focus is on the development of reading, writing, speaking, and listening in expository mode.
AM406E Internship 8 credits This course allows students to secure attachment with arts and culture organizations for a period of one year part-time. This will enable them to secure valuable work experience that will enable them to identify issues that arise within the process of managing and administering the arts.
LA241GE College English II 4 credits Students are guided through more advanced work in the expository mode, and in addition, are exposed to fundamentals of business communication. The course also includes a module in public speaking. LA341GE College English III 1 semester - 2 credits This course takes the students through the fundamentals of argumentative writing and also engages the students in some explanation of English Literature.
AM409B Research Paper 2 credits per semester This course introduces students to the rudiments of writing a research paper from data gathering, preliminary analysis to finalization of research. Individual tutorials and occasional seminars on specific methodological problems, assist students with the research, writing and presentation of the final research paper.
GS001A & B Personal Development 2 semester - 0 credit This course seeks to assist students in the development of life skills, which will encourage self-awareness, the development of healthy interpersonal relations, literacy and social skills as they embark on task of becoming role models in their role/work as educators and generally useful citizens in society.
AM408A & B
Independent Study – Project Development I & II 6 credits This course allows students to develop an arts project from the conception of an idea through to implementation. It involves among other things testing, research and determining of the financial viability of implementing the project.
ED141GE The Emergent Teacher 1 semester - 2 credits This course seeks to provide opportunities for student teachers to examine their beliefs, assumptions and expectations about teaching and how these influence their practice.
AM312B Exhibition Management 3 credits This course examines issues related to gallery and museum management, ranging from issues related to practical daily operations to the role of galleries and museums in art education, criticism, the art market and issues related to the wider Caribbean. Students will develop an understanding of a wide range of practices, including location, programming and mission identification, exhibition coordination and installation, exhibition policies, budgets, marketing, artist representation, contracts, fine art insurance, audience and community outreach.
GS104A & B Caribbean History, Culture and Aesthetic 2 semesters - 4 credits This course seeks to broaden students’ understanding of Caribbean societies and their aesthetic world-view through examination of the history of the Caribbean, its relationship to cultural identity, the interconnectedness of the arts and the evolution of Caribbean aesthetics. ED141GE The Teacher, School and Society 1 semester - 2 credits This course examines the obligations and responsibilities that teachers have towards students and society, and the relationships that exist and ought to exist among teachers, students, and society. Student teachers will gain an understanding of the culture of schools, and an understanding of the historical, social, cultural, and economic factors that affect school cultures. ED243GE Technology in Education 2 semesters - 5 credits This course seeks to provide student teachers with the technology-oriented exposure to changing learner-based conditions and media-based technologies (pertaining to the kind of tools and creative instructional presentations used with learners) for overall improvement of the professional knowledge, skill and abilities to apply to technology in structuring learning conditions.
128
FACULTY
ED245GE Understanding the Learner 1 semester - 4 credits This is an introductory course that focuses primarily on understanding primary and secondary students as learners in the teaching and learning environment, and as children from different communities. The course is arranged in units that examine the characteristics of students at different age levels, the student and learner in classrooms, their various socio-cultural settings and communities from which they come, and characteristics of the exceptional students.
Full-Time Ms. Jeanette Campbell Director (Acting) Senior Lecturer Lecturer: College English I & II, Caribbean History Culture & Aesthetics, Personal Development I & II, Caribbean Literature MEd., Mico University College, Jamaica; BA, The University of the West Indies (UWI), Mona, Jamaica; Dip. Ed., UWI, Mona
LR211SE Content Area Literacy 2 semesters - 3 credits This course is designed for secondary school teachers to sensitise them to the existence of reading problems in general and specifically to those, which are peculiar to studying and learning in the various content fields. Since effective reading is indispensable to learning in the content areas, the course attempts to equip the student teachers with teaching strategies in reading designed to facilitate learning in these areas.
Ms. Melva Davids Lecturer: College English I, II, & III, Understanding the Learner, Personal Development I, II, & III, Reading in the Content Area M Ed. - The University of the West Indies (UWI), Mona, Jamaica BA Ed. - UWI; Postgraduate Diploma – University of London; Diploma in Sociology - UWI
ED242GE
Principles of Teaching and Learning 1 semester - 4 credits This course is structured to allow the student teacher to think about and develop some principles of and approaches to teaching, learning, and creating classroom environments, and to engage in planning and teaching in different curricular and learning environments. Additionally, the course provides an introduction to principles on and approaches to integration, to alternative approaches to managing classroom environments and specific approaches to dealing with students’ behaviour.
Ms. Janice Gore Programme Coordinator: BA Arts Management Senior Lecturer (Acting): National Identity and the Arts, Technical Writing, Arts and Culture: Policy Development, Contemporary Issues in the Cultural Industries. MA, University of London, England MA, City University, London, England BA, The University of the West Indies (UWI), Mona, Jamaica Dip. Ed. Mico University College, Jamaica
ED342GE Assessment in the Classroom 1 semester - 3 credits In this course, student teachers will critically examine the teacher’s role as assessor, decision-maker and evaluator. They will develop a better understanding of assessment-related terms, concepts and principles. They will gain practice in the rudiments of assessment procedures, conduct evaluation and prepare reports about the performance of students.
Keino Senior Lecturer: Philosophy; Ethics, Creativity & Self B.A. The University of the West Indies (UWI), Mona, Jamaica M. Phil, PhD Candidate, UWI
GS102A & B Introduction to Spanish I & II 4 credits Provide students with the skills to engage in basic conversation in a Spanish-speaking environment
Part-Time Ms. Iris Molina Mutiz Lecturer: Spanish BA, Felix Varela Higher Pedagogical Institute, Santa Clara, Cuba; Diploma, Higher Education Institute of Arts, Havana, Cuba Mrs. Lorna Ellis Lecturer: English, Education BA, MA, The University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica
129
Cislyn McLennon Lecturer: Basic Accounting, Financial Management and Accounting EMBA, Barry University, USA BSc., The University of the West Indies Dip. Ed., Mico University College
Clover Taylor-Johnston Lecturer: Arts, Culture and Tourism in the Caribbean MSc. University of Stirling, Scotland U.K. BA The University of the West Indies Colin Porter Lecturer: Product Design BSc., The University of the West Indies, St. Augustine, Trinidad Dip. Engineering, College of Arts Science and Technology/UTECH
Kericee Fletcher Lecturer: Introduction to Event Planning, Introduction to Arts Management M.F.A., Washington University Dip., Edna Manley College
Kay Anderson Lecturer: Museum and Art Education Phd Candidate, Nova Southeastern University MA, Rhode Island School of Design, USA Post Graduate Dip. Ed., The University of the West Indies (UWI); BA UWI
Winston Ewart Lecturer: Contemporary Issues in the Cultural Industries, Arts and Culture: Policy Development MA, University of London, UK; LRSM. J.P. Conroy Wilson Lecturer: Entrepreneurship and the Arts MA., The University of the West Indies
Kadian Smith Lecturer: Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework of Business LLM, The George Washington University Law School LLB, The University of the West Indies Certificate of Legal Education, Norman Manley Law School
Eric Ikeche Lecturer: Communication Skills MA, University of Nigeria Higher National Diploma, Institute of Management and Technology, Nigeria Dip. Ed., Mico University College
Denise Salmon Lecturer: Organizational Structure and Arts Administration, Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts Practice Phd. Candidate, The University of the West Indies (UWI), Jamaica MBA, UWI, Mona BSc., UWI, Mona Dip., Edna Manley College, School of Visual Arts, Jamaica Lisa-Marie Brown Lecturer: Introduction to Arts Marketing BBA, Howard University, USA Dip., University of Technology, Jamaica Novia Drummond-Morgan Lecturer: Managing Our Resources: Libraries, Museums, Theatres and Galleries MSc., The University of the West Indies BSc., Northern Caribbean University, Jamaica Dip. Ed., College of Agriculture Science and Education, Jamaica Radcliffe Powell Lecturer: Facilities Management for Arts Managers MA, Mount St. Vincent University, Canada (Pending) BBA, University of Technology, Jamaica Dip Ed., Vocational Training Development Institute
130